Home

2009 Pontiac G6 Owners Manual

1. The belt is over an armrest 1 24 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q What is wrong with this The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 25 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go
2. Child restraint using LATCH Child restraint or occupant using safety belt Child restraint using safety belt or LATCH or occupant using safety belt Child restraint or occupant using safety belt Child restraint or occupant using safety belt Child restraint using LATCH 1 47 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in acrash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehic
3. 0 eeeeeee 3 7 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ceeeeeeeeeeee 3 7 13 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading c c 5 80 Vehicle GON E E N 4 3 LOGGING emenn a ea ii 4 20 Running While Parked ssrercrcsrsirciiriassss 2 36 SVIMDOIS Sc aE a E aianatnecates iv Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 16 Vehicle Identification Number VIN ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeneeeeenes 5 108 Service Parts Identification Label 5 109 Vehicle Personalization DIG eeen a a ceateaetenc acest 3 50 Vehicle Remote Start cccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 6 Ventilation Adjustment asasasesesesesensererrernenna 3 28 VISOIS thx chieasstniholdsieemegecahenserabnaetncamenertabe eine 2 17 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 28 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 6 eeeeeeee 3 46 Hazard Warning Flashers ccecce 3 6 Safety and Symbols cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes iii 14 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance e 5 82 Different SiZ srcteciimect istteneniaiiavetekiees 5 80 Replacement on csesscidcvedsss ideare misi ornans 5 83 Where to Put the Restraint 2 1 46 WINGOWS senised eon r TE 2 14 POWGM ece a E 2 15 Windshield Washer serrano a E EEES 3 9 Washer FIUIG jini cid cackisetectsanaied Mis ceateaenene 5 40 Wiper Blade Replacement c ee 5 58 Wiper Blades Cleaning 0ceeceeeeee ee 5 106 Wi
4. Hi lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park See Shifting Into Park on page 2 32 lf you are pulling a trailer see P Park This position locks your front wheels Towing a Trailer on page 4 30 It is the best position to use when you start the engine because your vehicle cannot move easily 000000 0000 Make sure the shift lever is fully in P Park before starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You must apply the regular brake first then press the shift lever button before you can shift from P Park while the ignition key is in ON RUN If you cannot shift out of P Park ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into P Park as you maintain brake application 2 26 Press the shift lever button and then move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park on page 2 34 later in this section R Reverse Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by th
5. c eeeeeeeeees 3 43 DIC Warnings and Messages 6eceeeeee eee 3 46 DIC Vehicle Personalization c eeeeeeeeees 3 50 Audio System s ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 52 Setting the CIOCK eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee siea 3 53 PaGIO S emee uane na AE 3 54 XM Radio Messages ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 66 Theft Deterrent Feature 0 e eseeeeeeeeeeee es 3 68 Audio Steering Wheel Controls cceeee 3 68 Radio Reception cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 3 69 Fixed Mast Antenna eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 69 Backglass Antenna cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 70 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 70 4 NOTES 3 3 The main components of the instrument panel are the following A m1 Mm Q AS Gaye SE Outlet Adjustment on page 3 28 B Outlet Adjustment on page 3 28 C D Cruise Control on page 3 10 If Equipped Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 42 Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 29 Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 68 If Equipped Windshield Wipers on page 3 8 and Windshield Washer on page 3 9 Ignition Positions on page 2 21 Outlet Adjustment on page 3 28 Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Audio System s on page 3 52 O uv OZ F 0 D Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 16 Fog Lamps on
6. 00 1 66 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 63 Antenna Backglass 2 eceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 70 Antenna Fixed Mast ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 3 69 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna SYSTEM ce aaas en E Ee E ta EAEE 3 70 Antilock Brake System ABS saeececeeeeee 4 5 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 35 Appearance Care Aluminum Wheels eeeeeeeeeeeee renee tenes 5 107 Care of Safety Belts 0 2 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 104 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeee es 5 108 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 4 5 105 Fabric Carpet sheise vet Hntddnaieeeiee 5 103 Finish Gane sanina ia E naaa Raia 5 106 Finish Da amagE wise csccinca testi chaecndeee sconce aden 5 107 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES i siccstnaiipesnes theecdesbnaceactadestecdiens 5 104 Interior Cleaning cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eea sans 5 102 Leather i scssi canes demaeineecdetataeeaye 5 104 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 107 TE Siya r a E EARE 5 107 Underbody Maintenance ecceccceceeeeceen 5 108 Washing Your Vehicle asasssesenenrnennnnn 5 105 Weathersitips aicestinees innin meen a sane 5 105 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 5 106 Appointments Scheduling Service 7 10 Audio System c cece eee nee ee cette a eea een eeaeeaeed 3 52 Audio Steerin
7. e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbags are off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 33 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on may inflate the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbags to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbags are active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injur
8. Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 5 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for service trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts To purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 9 tells what should be checked when to check it and what can easily be done to help keep the vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 When the vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Scheduled Maintenance When th
9. Do not make full throttle starts Do not exceed 5 000 engine rpm Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Donot tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 30 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions The ignition switch has four different positions Notice Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the key Use the correct key make sure it is all the way in and turn it only with your hand If the key cannot be turned by hand see your dealer retailer O LOCK OFF This is the only position from which you can remove the key The shift lever must be in P Park with the ignition in LOCK OFF to remove the key 2 21 ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position unlocks the transmission It also lets you use things like the radio and windshield wipers while the engine is not running To use ACC ACCESSORY turn the key clockwise to the first position Use this position if your vehicle must be pushed or towed See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 4 26
10. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if e The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation parking garages tunnels deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes e The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different e The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued e The vehicle s exhaust system has been modified damaged or improperly repaired e There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or after market modifications that are not completely sealed If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle e Drive it only with the windows completely down e Have the vehicle repaired immediately Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation 2 35 Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with poor ventilation is dangerous Engine exhaust may enter the vehicle Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation For more information see Engine Exhaust on page 2 35 2 36 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of the ve
11. ON RUN This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument panel warning lights The ignition switch will stay in this position while the engine is running The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start the vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time Q START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to the ON RUN position for normal driving A warning tone will sound when the driver door is opened the ignition is in ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF and the key is in the ignition 2 22 Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off e Audio System e Power Windows e Heated Seats if equipped e Sunroof if equipped These features continue to work up to 10 minutes after the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF The power windows heated seats and sunroof will work until any door is opened The radio continues to work until the driver door is opened All these features operate when the key is in the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY Starting the Engine Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neutral The engine will not start in any other position To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only
12. This mode shows how many miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km your vehicle is getting based on current and past driving conditions To reset the average fuel economy press and hold the enter button while MPG L 100 KM AVG is displayed Average fuel economy is then be calculated starting from that point If the average fuel economy is not reset it is continually updated each time you drive MPG L 100 KM INST Instantaneous Press the information button until MPG L 100 KM INST displays This mode shows the current fuel economy at a particular moment and changes frequently as driving conditions change This mode shows the instantaneous fuel economy in miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km Unlike average fuel economy this screen cannot be reset AV Average SPEED Press the information button until AV SPEED displays This mode shows the vehicle s average speed in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h To reset the average vehicle speed press and hold the enter button while AV SPEED is displayed 3 44 OIL LIFE Press the information button until OIL LIFE displays The engine oil life system shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life It shows 100 when the system is reset after an oil change It alerts you to change the oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life
13. e Units Selection English Metric e Tire Learn on vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system e Remote Start Capability e Horn Chirp During Remote Keyless Entry Locking e Horn Chirp During Remote Keyless Entry Unlocking e Exterior Light Flash During Remote Keyless Entry Locking or Unlocking e Delayed Locking e Automatic Vehicle Unlocking Specific Doors e Automatic Vehicle Unlocking When Key is Off or When Shift To Park e Exterior Perimeter Lighting During Remote Keyless Entry Unlock e Select Language English French Spanish or German When the desired option is reached press the enter button to toggle between the modes of that option To make a selection press the MENU button again If no selection is made within 10 seconds the display reverts back to the previous information displayed The MENU mode is exited when the information button is pressed a 10 second time period has elapsed the ignition is turned off or the end of the MENU list is reached See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 50 for more information on the personalization options Enter ENTER Enter Press this button to reset certain functions and to turn off or acknowledge messages on the DIC display This button also toggles through the options available in each personalization menu 3 45 DIC Warnings and Messages These messages appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems A mess
14. s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility We recommend that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained te
15. C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread 5 61 F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 80 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load w ORs CXXXXX GSS ama l yy we E 2 Seg amp 8 9 Qa Lovaas 0 C oe Ssaug xpwiga 02 Ly n S k2 g a Oe D Q amp aval Y 09 o L 3 LVAN Compact Spare Tire Example 5 62 A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tir
16. Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire wheel and other parts of the vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit the compact spare Using them can damage the vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on the compact spare 5 101 Appearance Care Interior Cleaning The vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on the upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is rec
17. Engine PWR Power REDUCED This message displays to inform you that the vehicle has reduced engine power to avoid damaging the engine Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible ICE POSSIBLE This message displays when the outside air temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your driving accordingly KEY FOB BATT Battery LOW This message displays if the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter battery is low Replace the battery in the transmitter See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 3 47 LEARN COMPLETE On vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system this message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS has completed the tire learning process See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 69 for more information LOW FUEL This message displays along with a low fuel warning light on the instrument panel cluster when your vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible See Low Fuel Warning Li
18. How OnStar Service Works The OnStar system can record and transmit vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center when the OnStar button is pressed the emergency button is pressed or if the airbags or AACN system deploy This information usually includes the vehicle s GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the crash that the vehicle was involved in e g the direction from which the vehicle was hit When the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling is used the vehicle also sends OnStar the vehicle s GPS location so they can provide services where it is located OnStar service cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where 2 42 the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times Location information about the vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available The vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar
19. However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will Know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and whee
20. Notice Do not try to shift to P Park if the vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to P Park only when the vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will slow down as the engine warms Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts The vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 23 2 If the engine
21. Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid 5 30 Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather e While pulling a trailer To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to drive longer Checking the Fluid Level Prepare the vehicle as follows 1 Park the vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running 2 With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in P Park 3 With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear pausing for about three seconds in each one Then position the shift lever in P Park 4 Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps 1 The transmission fluid dipstick handle has this symbol on it and is
22. Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain the vehicle battery even if the vehicle is not operating The vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 74 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed 5 109 Power Windows and Other Power Options Fuses in the fuse block protect the power windows When the current load is too heavy the fuse opens protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed Fuses The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible links This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating 5 110 There are three fuse blocks in your vehicle one in the center of the instrument panel one in the engine compartment and one in the trunk There
23. e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down Manual Lumbar If your vehicle has this feature the handle is located on the outboard side of the driver s seat Move the handle up repeatedly to decrease lumbar support Move the handle down repeatedly to increase lumbar support Heated Seats Reclining Seatbacks On vehicles with heated front seats the buttons are A CAUTION located on the outboard side of the driver s and front passenger seats You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Press the top of the switch to turn the feature on The A CAUTION seat will heat to the high setting The indicator light above the switch will be lit next to the number 2 If either seatback is not locked it could move Press the top of the switch again to go to the low heat forward in a sudden stop or crash That could setting The indicator light will be lit next to the cause injury to the person sitting there Always number 1 push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they Press the bottom of the switch to turn the feature off are locked The heated seat fea
24. eeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 37 Drive Belt Routing 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee 6 15 Engine Compartment Overview 5 14 EXHAUST csatnntasei a a tains astbeetnecsonettneee 2 35 Qilsa onr clinched sate eE NE S E a dade 5 21 Engine cont Oil Life System scrieseiin niiina 5 24 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 39 Overheating adne i anans on eee eeee eee oE TRR 5 37 Sta ning eraran e ia EN a EEA NEEE 2 23 Entry Exit LiQhting irteera 3 16 Event Data Recorders cccccceceeeeceeeeeeenenes 7 17 Extender Safety Belt cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 35 Filter Engine Air Cleaner cc0eceeeeees 5 26 5 27 FINISH DAMAGE awcciecnicteaccacecicaa ois ai 5 107 Fixed Mast Antenna ccceccec eee eaeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 69 Flashers Hazard Warning e eseeeeeeeeeees 3 6 FlaSh tO P SS ccceccecceceee eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeteaes 3 8 Flat Tire cc isinaincsesaadaie cea sievasssaanaiassasasceneneenenes 5 85 Flat Tire Changing ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 5 86 Flat Tire Storing eision daen i erie 5 94 Fluid Automatic Transmission cccseeeeeeeeeeeees 5 29 Power Steering vi scctccceercccreiay teizeereerens 5 39 Windshield Washer cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 40 Fog Lamp FOJ scsnatcet cade cade nin E E 3 15 E E E E N 5 6 Adde Sinisorsa anoen inaia iai 5 8 Calif rnia Fuel kesirnennecsirroamrurie esasi 5 7 Driving
25. parked cars and stops right in front of you These problems can be avoided by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot stop in time because there is no room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem The vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes but unless the vehicle has antilock brakes not enough to lock the wheels See Braking on page 4 4 It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions it can be turned a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery The vehicle s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that the vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement Turn the steering whee
26. whichever occurs first The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low If there is a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 37 5 33 What to Use A CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant 5 34 Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant If using this mixture nothing else needs to be added This mixture e Gives freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C outside temperature e Gives boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C engine temperature e Protects against rust and corrosion e Will not damage aluminum parts e Helps keep the proper engine temperature Notice If an improper coolant mixture is used the engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Notice f extra inhibitors and or additives are used
27. 107 Shifting Into Park 0 0c tespesedeesteeneesaeeeeeencne nance 2 32 Shifting Out of Park 2 20 00 ccc cseeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 34 Signals Turn and Lane Change 6 eeeeeee 3 7 Spare Tire Compact nsnsi eiio E EN 5 101 Installing assinar intenna 5 89 REMOVING sorsoran E e N RS 5 87 SONN ee meade cctoteee aatnacaentacaerenestaaee 5 94 Specifications Capacities ceeceeeeeeeeeee ees 5 118 Speedometer serisine oinnes in n E Eni 3 30 Split Bench Seat 60 40 eeseeeceeseeeeeereeerenn 1 12 StabiliTrak Not Ready Light c eee 3 36 StabiliTrak Indicator Light ccccccsssssseeeees 3 36 Stabilitrak System ccccccccceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Start Vehicle Remote cccccccaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 2 6 Starting the Engine cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 23 SIGGKING pisicdisn crn idhinesd cate A T 4 9 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 0006 3 68 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0 eceeeee eee 3 6 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area eeeeee ee 2 43 Convenience Net cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 43 Gupholders lt isecteiedeiesigscdeteecdinesendiciiiaeiaeens 2 43 GIOVE BOX docsccsesajausedctacsnencatectesechecogeswsatedes 2 43 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 005 4 19 SUM VISOMS eienn ease seasectacace aE EEEE 2 17 SUMOOT sersa aa a eOe OEE EEA 2 43 Tachometer secceeeniieies
28. 4 11 Notice If your vehicle seems to accelerate slowly or not shift gears when you go faster and you continue to drive your vehicle that way you could damage the transmission Have your vehicle serviced right away You can drive in L Low when you are driving less than 35 mph 56 km h and D Drive for higher speeds until then 3 Third This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed more than D Drive without using the brakes Here are some times you might choose 3 Third instead of D Drive e When driving on hilly winding roads e When towing a trailer so there is less shifting between gears e When going down a steep hill L Low This position reduces vehicle speed more than 3 Third without using the brakes You can use L Low on hills It can help control vehicle speed going down steep mountain roads along with using the brakes off and on 2 28 You can use L Low on very steep hills in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is in L Low the transmission will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Driving in LOW L for more than 25 miles 40 km or at speeds over 55 mph 90 km h may damage the transmission Also shifting into LOW L at speeds above 65 mph 105 km h can cause damage Drive in THIRD 3 or DRIVE D instead of LOW L Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the ac
29. 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For U S purchased vehicles call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Text telephone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For Canadian purchased vehicles call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year Calling for Assistance When calling Roadside Assistance have the following information ready e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Coverage Services are provided up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever comes first In the U S anyone driving the vehicle is covered In Canada a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification 7 8 Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often or the same type of claim is made many times Services Provided e Emergency Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the neare
30. AA A feature some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following VA Next Previous Press to go to the next or to the previous radio station and stay there The radio seeks stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band 3 68 To scan stations press and hold either arrow for two seconds until SCAN displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning When a CD is playing press the down or up arrow to go to the next or to the previous track To scan the current CD press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds The CD does go to the next track play the first 10 seconds then go on to the next track Press either arrow again to stop scanning To scan all of the CDs loaded press and hold either arrow for more than four seconds The CD does goes to the next CD plays the first 10 seconds of each track then goes to the next CD Press either arrow again to stop scanning lt lt Volume Press to increase or to decrease the radio volume 1 6 Preset Pushbuttons Press to play stations that are programmed on the radio preset pushbuttons The radio only seeks preset stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone char
31. Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Most vehicles include 30 trial minutes good for 60 days Hands Free Calling can also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit onstar com or onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation Vehicles with the OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation system can provide voice guided driving directions Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor locate a business or address and download driving directions to the vehicle Voice guided directions to the desired destination will play through the audio system speakers See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information 2 44 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes Press the phone button and give a few simple voice commands to browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information This feature is only available in the continental U S
32. Children cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 36 Infants and Young Children c ceeeeeeeees 1 39 Child Restraint Systems c eeeeeeeeeeeee eens 1 43 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 46 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children ATI GH Sepine meene aar E e RE 1 48 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSION ceitean er e 1 56 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat POSION srcssccrrsr eserci oenn nina 1 58 Airbag System cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 61 Where Are the Airbags cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 63 When Should an Airbag Inflate 1 66 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 08 1 67 How Does an Airbag Restrain cee 1 67 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 68 Passenger Sensing System seseeeeeeeees 1 69 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 74 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped VENICE ase a e a a tase ncamat 1 75 Restraint System Check 0 0 ee 1 76 Checking the Restraint Systems 08 1 76 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a GIASH conserere nerean e a eee tenes eed 1 77 1 1 Head Restraints The front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions A CAUTION With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer
33. II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Z CAUTION Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off z z can cause you or others to be burned The air How to Inspect the Engine Air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop Cleaner Filter flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a engine with the air cleaner filter off new filter is required To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can 1 Remove the screws that hold the cover on cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can f easily get into the engine which will damage it 2 Disconnect the electrical connector Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you 3 Lift off the cover are driving 5 28 Automatic Transmission Fluid 2 4L L4 3 5L and 3 6L V6 Engines It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take your
34. Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows Sedan Shown Coupe Similar The power window switches for all the windows are located on the driver s door armrest Each passenger door also has a power window switch for its own window Press the front of the switch to the first position to lower the window to the desired level Pull the switch up to raise the window Window Indexing Coupe and Retractable Hardtop This feature automatically lowers the window a small amount when the door is opened Then when the door is closed the window will automatically raise fully If the vehicle loses power or the window freezes this feature may not work From outside the vehicle close the door and push the window inward so that the glass goes under the molding Power Window Initialize Coupe and Retractable Hardtop After a power reconnect such as battery replacement the indexing feature will not function until the system is initialized This procedure needs to be done for each ind
35. Not Used 5 116 Fuses J Usse i O o Moosa OO Satellite Radio 20 Cigarette Lighter Auxiliary Power Outlet Relays Siege 5 117 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 for more information et a S For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Automatic Transmission Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a 6 6L 9 01 901 5 118 pitas English 38L 52L Fuel Tank 16 3 gal 61 7 L Wheel Nut Torque 100 Ib ft 140 Nem Transmission fluid capacity is approximate See Automatic Transmission Fluid 2 4L L4 3 5L and 3 6L V6 Engines on page 5 29 or Automatic Transmission Fluid 3 9L Engine on page 5 29 for information on checking fluid level All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Engine Specifications 2 4L L4 Engine 3 5L V6 Engine 3 5L V6 Engine 0 040 LOT mn 3 6L V6 Engine 0 040 in 1 01 mm 3 9L V6 Engine 0 040 in 1 01 mm 5 119 42 NOTES 5 120 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0seeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 9 IMMOGUCHION 2 505 tes cess ET 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill scscccssccc cctceneesseteti
36. ON and RPT displays Press again to turn off repeat play REPEAT OFF displays and RPT disappears from the display 3 62 e To replay a CD on the Radio with Six Disc CD press and hold the RPT button for more than two seconds REPEAT ON and RPT displays Press again to turn off repeat play REPEAT OFF displays and RPT disappears from the display RDM Random With the random setting the tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential order on one CD or on all of the CDs To use random e To play the tracks on the CD in random order press the RDM button Depending on the radio RANDOM T tracks and RDM displays Press again to turn off random play RANDOM OFF displays and RDM disappears from the display e To play the tracks on all of the CDs that are loaded in the Radio with a Six Disc CD player in random order press and hold the RDM button for more than two seconds A beep sounds RANDOM ALL CDS and RDM displays Press again to turn off random play RANDOM OFF displays and RDM disappears from the display V SEEK A Press the down arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played Press the up arrow to go to the beginning of the next track If either arrow is held or pressed more than once the player continues moving through the CD To scan the current CD press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds The CD goes to the next track plays the first 10 seconds
37. Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense fuel only into approved containers e Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside A CAUTION of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and is complete start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil Do not smoke while pumping fuel coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other Do not use a cellular phone while fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could pumping fuel be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood 1 Pull the handle with this symbol on it It is located under the instrument panel on the driver side of the vehicle aa esesece gt lt gt CR RE eececot
38. See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 3 5 L V6 Engine 1 Lift the two latches straight up 2 Disconnect the electrical connector 5 26 3 Lift off the cover Engine Air Cleaner Filter All Other 4 Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter Engines 5 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the cover and reconnect the electrical connector A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice lf the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into the engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter 5 27 When to Inspect the Engine Air 4 Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter Cleaner Filter 5 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the cover and reconnect the electrical connector Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance
39. a direction Compass Variance The mirror is set to zone eight If you do not live in zone eight or drive out of the area the compass variance needs to be changed to the appropriate zone 2 38 To adjust for compass variance 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the zone map that follows 2 Press and hold the on off button until a zone number displays 3 Once the zone number displays press D repeatedly until you reach the correct zone number If C appears in the compass window the compass may need calibration See Compass Calibration listed previously Outside Power Mirrors Controls for the outside power mirrors are located A on the driver s door OMO Q aD To adjust the mirrors 1 Move the selector switch located below the four way control pad to the left or right to choose either the driver s side or passenger side mirror 2 Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to move the mirror to the desired direction 3 Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen Keep the selector switch in the center position when not adjusting either outside mirror Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle Push the mirror outward to return to its original position Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror c
40. a neck spinal injury in a crash Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly 1 2 Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the restraint down Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place The head restraints are not designed to be removed Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving If the vehicle has a manual seat it can be moved forward or rearward 1 Lift the bar to unlock the seat 2 Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Power Seat If the vehicle has a power seat the control used to operate it is located on the outboard side of the driver s seat To adjust the seat e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward
41. and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 46 Driving ANION E tecaide cence vegastee sucess e etietanadeadene ec 4 13 Beiore a LONG TWip sjciccice cates eewckccetsncatetwennes 4 15 Defense cierra ea EA 4 2 DFUNKGM ooreo ean aean a 4 3 Highway HypnoSis e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 4 15 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 16 In Rain and on Wet Roads eee eee 4 14 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 20 VVINILG sae d chaecccescd ate aa tatitt E easadan es 4 17 Driving for Better Fuel Economy n se 4 2 Easy Entry Seat scc2icsssveciielsaedieieid eestaaeieseeelae 1 10 PDR eea icy ste tne gacece E A 7 16 Electrical System Add On Equipment cseseeeeeeeeeee ees 5 109 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 112 FUSOS esera reamaniguacdnediedes daar o aasi 5 110 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ccecce 5 110 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 110 Rear Compartment Fuse Block 55 5 115 Windshield Wiper Fuses e eeeeeeee 5 109 Electronic Immobilizer PASS Key I ceccecccceccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene es 2 19 Electronic Immobilizer Operation PASS Key Ul oo cccccccccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 19 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c ccceceeeeeeeeeees 5 26 5 27 Check and Service Engine Soon Lamp 3 38 Coolant mers mar eein E enacts 5 33 Coolant Heater s cccs ssseheceneers ante diene lade 2 25 Coolant Temperature Gage
42. appear on the side of the seatback closest to the door With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job 1 61 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Also airbags are not designed to deploy in every crash In some crashes safety belts are your only restraint See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 66 Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 1 62 A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning fo
43. approximately 5 Canadian Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service Lock Out Service Vehicle registration is required Trip Routing Service Detailed maps of North America are provided when requested either with the most direct route or the most scenic route There is a limit of six requests per year Additional travel information is also available Allow three weeks for delivery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Must be over 250 kilometres from where your trip was started to qualify General Motors of Canada Limited requires pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair orders Once authorization has been received the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrangements and explain how to receive payment Alternative Service If assistance cannot be provided right away the Roadside Assistance advisor may give you permission to get local emergency road service You will receive payment up to 100 after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance Mechanical failures may be covered however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation
44. belt and the vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Push down the release button A and move the Sedan Only I A height adjuster to the The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the desired position The driver and right front passenger seating positions adjuster can be moved up by pushing the release Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt button up is centered on the shoulder The belt should be away from the face and neck but not falling off the shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash After the adjuster is set to the desired position try to move it down without pushing the release button to make sure it has locked into position 1 31 Safety Belt Pretensioners The vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if the vehicle has side impact airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash Pretensioners work only once If the pretensioners activate in a crash they will need to be replaced and probably other new parts for the vehicle s safety belt system See Replacing Res
45. capacity weight and seating 4 24 positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed the vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight Certification Label S T MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP mt DATE GWR GAWRFRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL gig Na OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATAOF M WN ABOVE 200 ASS CAR J A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the driver side center pillar The label shows the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel cargo and tongue weight if pulling a trailer Never exceed the GVWR for the vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle A CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If things like suitcases tools packages or anything else are put inside the vehicle they will go as fast a
46. cluster Q eQ When the system is on this light will come on if there is a problem or if the system has been turned off StabiliTrak comes on automatically whenever the vehicle is started To help assist with directional control of the vehicle the system should always be left on The Traction Control System TCS and StabiliTrak can be turned off if needed by pressing and holding the StabiliTrak TCS button Press the button again to turn StabiliTrak and Traction Control back on See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 for more information If cruise control is being used when the system activates the StabiliTrak light will flash and cruise control will automatically disengage Cruise control may be reengaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Traction Control System TCS The vehicle has a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system reduces engine power and may also upshift the transmission to limit wheel spin Also the traction control system activates the appropriate corner brakes to gain even quicker control to limit wheel spin This light located on the instrument panel will come on when the TCS is limiting wheel spin TC The system may be heard or felt while it is
47. corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense 5 107 Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into
48. cover so that it is in the open position Then remove the cover from the spare tire Turn the wing nut counterclockwise and remove it Then remove the compact spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 101 for more information Remove the wing nut holding the jack in place Remove the extension bolt that is clipped to the jack You will need this later to store the flat tire Remove the jack and wheel wrench from the trunk 5 87 SDPDDDDDDDDDDD DDD DIE htm DDD DDD The tools you will be using include the wheel wrench A 1 Turn the plastic wing nut counterclockwise to and jack B loosen the wheel wrench 2 Unhook the wheel wrench from the jack 5 88 3 Extend the handle on the wheel wrench by pressing the button with your index finger and pulling on the end of the wrench You must do this before using the wheel wrench Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 It is recommended a safety check is done before proceeding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 86 for more information If your vehicle has a wheel cover or hubcap that has plastic wheel nut caps then loosen the plastic nut caps You may need to use the wheel wrench to loosen them Do not pry off wheel covers or center caps that have plastic wheel nut caps Remove the wheel cover or center cap from the wheel to locate the wheel nuts If your vehicle has a wheel cover or hubcap without plastic wheel nut caps gently pry o
49. defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects 3 70 Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof or the rear of the vehicle Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear radio reception Section 4 Driving Your Vehicle Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle 4 2 DriVingatiNiQht aecccctcvetactnotremrinwinecanesstacnebas 4 13 Driving for Better Fuel Economy s src 4 2 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 14 Defensive Driving ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Before Leaving on a Long Trip eee 4 15 Drunk Driving sisscentsciereeccone ste caaeheas damtersawemersnesy 4 3 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeee eee teeta eee ees 4 15 Control of a Vehicle ccceeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeneees 4 3 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeee eee 4 16 Braking anessen e E 4 4 Winter DIVINO oriant Eee 4 17 Antilock Brake System ABS a a 4 5 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 6 Ol SNOW ah cag sta ncaeadeas i
50. does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again repeat these steps This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in the vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not the engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty 2 24 Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C Vehicle with an engine coolant heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord may exist which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures abov
51. expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed 1 34 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Safety Belt Extender If the safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 1 35 Child Restraints The ma
52. for Better Economy u s 4 2 E85 85 Ethanol ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 2 5 5 12 Filling the Tank eceeeeeeeeeee reer aiaia 5 10 Fuels in Foreign Countries c eeeeeeeeee ee 5 9 Gage E E EEE nace wees 3 42 Gasoline Octane cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 7 Gasoline Specifications eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 7 Low Warning Light eiaiice secvecteneaerastiveaties donc 3 42 FUSES jcisdemecdcavdabhcedatet tamonbomakenert oes abauntasmens 5 110 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 112 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 006 5 110 Rear Compartment Fuse Block 05 5 115 Windshield Wiper eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 109 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 002 3 37 FUGI csi cicieetee ntadtal ie katndalesntes Geaesdeeasaneeeecayendas 3 42 Speedometer saspi missasi nasie ipler nriran 3 30 PACNOM CUCM iosrnernnpe me iinne nii 3 30 Gasoline Octane camre EE 5 7 Specifications orfin eap nin An 5 7 GIOVE BOX ssania eer S aaa oes 2 43 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 6 5 7 7 Hazard Warning Flashers i e 3 6 Head Restraints seciono a tei eae 1 2 Headlamp AIIMING swcscciadieinietaimotdedicacareslaaneabetecmnienadeas 5 51 Headlamps coreean riae r A EA 3 13 Bulb Replacement ascessscscscscnirrenerenrnrnernn 5 51 Daytime Running Lamp isseire neiise 3 14 Dela
53. going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in N Neutral or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear when going downhill e Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane e Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident e Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Driving on Snow or Ice Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the road creating less traction or grip Wet ice can occur at about 32 F 0 C when freezing rain begins to fall resulting in even less traction Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated with salt or sand Drive with caution whatever the condition Accelerate gently so traction is not lost Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick so there is even less traction Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelera
54. grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on the vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on the vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on the vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes
55. have a top tether and that the tether be attached If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say If you need to install more than one child restraint in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 46 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 If your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors an
56. have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 76 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders door hinges and latches hood hinges and latches and trunk lid hinges and latches More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Check system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator or cruise control cables h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 33 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fl
57. if the engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they are not do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Notice lf the engine catches fire while driving with no coolant the vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 39 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 37 If Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop the engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 39 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 38 If No Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard the problem may not be too serious Sometimes
58. in the vehicle s cooling system the vehicle could be damaged Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 for more information Checking Coolant The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant recovery tank If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant recovery tank but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done See Engine Coolant for more information The coolant level should be at or above the FULL COLD mark on the coolant surge tank If it is not you may have a leak in the cooling system How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause in
59. is a fuse puller located on the instrument panel fuse block It can be used to easily remove fuses from the fuse block Instrument Panel Fuse Block The instrument panel fuse block is located on the passenger side of the vehicle on the lower portion of the instrument panel console near the floor Remove the console cover to access the fuse block then remove the fuse block cover to access the fuses The vehicle may not be equipped with all the fuses and features listed rowtnmmnons es TUNGRANE NOT INSTALLED RTT Terre ONSTAR AIRBAG IGN HVAC BLOWER HIGH HVAC CTAL BATT CLUSTER HEFT IGN SENSOA PEDAL WIPER SW STI L NOT UM INSTALLED sie Tac crn fen meas owen J I E NOT NOT Goon Lock RoormeaT SEAT INSTALLED INSTALLED TARAS ATH FUSE PULLER AIRBAG BATT _ Airbag Battery DOOR LOCK il g i i e O SPARE FUSE HOLDER SPARE FUSE OLDER SPARE FUSE HOLDER SPARE FUSE HOLDER irbag AIRBAG IGN Airbag Ignition Electronic Power Steering CLUSTER THEFT Instrument Panel Cluster Theft FUSE PULLER Fuse Puller Deterrent System 5 111 Fuses HVAC BLOWER Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning Blower Switch Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning Blower High Speed Relay Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning Control Diagnostic Link Connector
60. listen to the radio while a CD is playing The inactive CD s remains inside the radio for future listening SRCE Source Press to play a CD while listening to the radio Press again and the system searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player 3 63 Using Song List R Mode The six disc CD changer has a feature called song list This feature is capable of saving 20 track selections To save tracks into the song list feature 1 Turn the radio on and load it with at least one CD 2 Check to see that the CD changer is not in song list mode S LIST should not display If S LIST is displayed press the R button to turn it off 3 Select the desired CD by pressing the numbered pushbutton and then use the up SEEK arrow to locate the track to be saved The track begins to play 4 Press and hold the song list button for two or more seconds to save the track into memory When song list is pressed one beep sounds After two seconds of pressing song list continuously two beeps sound to confirm that the track has been saved and TRACK number ADDED displays 5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for saving other selections SONG LIST FULL displays if more than 20 selections are saved 3 64 To play the song list press the song list button One beep sounds and SONG LIST displays The recorded tracks begins to play in the order that they were saved Seek through the song list by using the SEEK arrows Seeking past
61. located near the rear of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for more information on location 2 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel 3 Reinstall it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again ADD 1PT SL K 4 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level The fluid level must be within the crosshatched area 5 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range reinstall the dipstick back in all the way 5 31 How to Add Automatic Transmission Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level into the crosshatched area on the dipstick 1 Remove the dipstick 2 Using a long neck funnel add enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level It does not take much fluid generally less than a half pint 0 24 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 3 After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid earlier in this section 4 When t
62. most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 or call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center U S www gmownercenter com pontiac Information and services customized for your specific vehicle all in one convenient place e Digital owner manual warranty information and more e Online service and maintenance records e Find Pontiac dealers for service nationwide e Exclusive privileges and offers e Recall notices for your specific vehicle e OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries Other Helpful Links Pontiac www pontiac com Pontiac Merchandise www pontiacmall com Help Center www pontiac com helpcenter e FAQ e Contact Us My GM Canada Canada www gm ca My GM Canada is a password protected section of www gm ca where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable too
63. needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests you to bring the vehicle for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required 7 10 Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one
64. no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicl
65. of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of the dealer s area Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requ
66. oil can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty 5 23 Cold Temperature Operation If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 engine oil Both provide easier cold starting for the engine at extremely low temperatures Always use an oil that meets the required specification GM6094M See What Kind of Engine Oil to Use for more information Engine Oil Additives Engine Oil Flushes Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty 5 24 Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL SOON message will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 Change the oil a
67. on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in P PARK or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice lf you leave the radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always turn off the radio and other accessories when jump starting the vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hoods and locate the batteries Find the positive and negative terminal locations on each vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for more information on location 5 47 A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water
68. or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by the vehicle warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off the engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling the vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling the vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the passenger side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it yo
69. or cannot be received with your XM Subscription package CH Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Info No artist song title category or text information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM Locked The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having the vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message will alternate with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there may be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Chk XMRevr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer 3 67 Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle s radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN The radio does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle Audio Steering Wheel Controls If the vehicle has this
70. over the shoulder and across the chest A The belt is behind the body 1 26 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it pal es KS NS SS a SDS gt x H ae c The belt is twisted across the body 1 27 Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap shoulder belt The following instructions explain how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 2 If the seat has a safety belt guide and the safety belt is not routed through the guide slide the edge of the belt webbing through the opening on the guide Be sure the belt is not twisted 1 28 3 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way the child restraint locking feature may be engaged If this happens let the belt go back all the way and sta
71. over the shoulder and across the chest 1 38 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle 1 39 A CAUTION Never do this Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle Due to crash forces an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110
72. page 3 15 If Equipped Hood Release on page 5 13 Horn on page 3 6 Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 24 or Climate Control System on page 3 20 Shift Lever See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 26 Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 19 Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 If Equipped StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 If Equipped Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 33 Glove Box on page 2 43 Hazard Warning Flashers A Hazard Warning Flasher Press this button located on the instrument panel to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off This warns others that you are having trouble Press A again to turn the flashers off Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel A tilt and telescope wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive Raise the steering wheel to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The lever that allows you to tilt and telescope the steering wheel is located on the left side of the steering column To tilt and telescope the wheel pull down the lever Then move the wheel up or down or back and forth to a comfortable driving position Pull up the lever to lock the wheel in place Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following Turn an
73. performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the message displays 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance sevice A Maintenance 1 Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 21 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 24 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter 3 5 L V6 Engine on page 5 26 or Engine Air Cleaner Filter All Other Engines on page 5 27 See footnote k Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 76 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 10 Inspect brake system See footnote a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section 3 6L and 3 9L Engines Only Check automatic transmission fluid level and add fluid as needed Inspect throttle system See footnote g Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required
74. regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection Also see Buying New Tires on page 5 78 If you choose to use winter tires e Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions e Use only radial ply tires of the same size load range and speed rating as your original equipment tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W and ZR speed rated tires If you choose winter tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall ES 4109 MS S K lt 2si60R 16 9 gt s pe DOT MaLgae oxy af Z W es AT x A oF pers y Bavo ona a A by por Z Ollovys oze N Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines
75. remove foot pressure from A CAUTION the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only When you are doing this check the vehicle could e To check the P Park mechanism s holding ability begin to move You or others could be injured and With the engine running shift to P Park Then property could be damaged Make sure there is release the parking brake followed by the regular room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll brake Be ready to apply the regular brake at once Contact your dealer retailer if service is required should the vehicle begin to move Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Usage _Fluid Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 5 21 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 5 33 Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid i etl Optikleen W
76. safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S IT HIT DE F A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Consiruction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z 5 63 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressur
77. scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 86 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining 5 77 You need new tires if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information 5 78 Buying New
78. sure to get new approved replacement parts If this is not done the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for the vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed Battery This vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling 5 45 Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 46 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If the vehicle is driven infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This helps keep the battery from running down See Power Window Initialization in Power Windows on page 2 15 Extended Storage For extended storage of the vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger T
79. the air delivery mode knob is set to AUTO the automatic climate control system starts in the defrost mode to clear the window The automatic climate control changes back to manual operation by turning the vehicle on with the key Manual Operation The air delivery mode or fan speed can be manually adjusted O Off Turns off the entire climate control system Outside air still enters the vehicle and is directed to the floor This direction can be changed by adjusting the air delivery mode position 8 Fan Control Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed A Temperature Control Press the up and down arrows to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle Air Delivery Mode Control Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to change the air delivery settings 3 25 Select from the following modes 7 Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets pi Bi Level Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets ted Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the side window outlets and windshield 5 Defog This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture Air directed to the floor and windshield outlets W Defrost This modes clears the windshield of fog or frost more quickly The system automatically controls the fan speed if AUTO mode is selected If the outside temperature is 40 F 4 C or warmer the
80. the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running The vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running be sure the vehicle is in P Park and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into P Park hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from P Park without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked in P Park Torque Lock Torque lock is when the weight of the vehicle puts too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission This happens when parking on a hill and shifting the transmission into P Park is not done properly and then it is difficult to shift out of P Park To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into P Park To find out how see Shifting Into Park listed previously If torque lock does occur your vehicle may need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle to relieve the parking pawl pressure so you can shift out of P Park 2 33 Shifting Out of Park This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift loc
81. the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 Antilock Brake System ABS This vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When the engine is started and the vehicle begins to drive away ABS checks itself A momentary motor or clicking noise might be heard while this test is going on and it might even be noticed that the brake pedal moves a little This is normal If there is a problem with ABS this warning light stays on See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 3 35 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that the wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure to each wheel as required faster than any driver could This can help the driver steer around the obstacle while braking hard As the brakes are applied the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get to
82. the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fans By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank might be lower If the level is lower than the FULL COLD mark add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the FULL COLD mark 5 Replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured If coolant is needed add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for more information on location Engine Overheating The vehicle has an indicator to warn of engine overheating There is an engine coolant temperature gage on the instrument panel cluster See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 37 You may decide not to lift the hood when this warning appears but instead get service help right away See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 If you do decide to lift the hood make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface Then check to see
83. to the middle position To adjust all tone controls to the middle position press and hold the tone button while no tone control is displayed ALL CENTERED displays and a beep sounds The bass midrange and treble adjusts to the middle position AUTO TONE Automatic Equalization Press to select customized equalization settings designed for country jazz talk pop rock and classical The equalization setting last chosen appears on the display when you first press this button Each time you press this button another equalization setting displays and automatic tone or automatic equalization switches to that preset equalization setting To return to the manual mode press the AUTO TONE button until CUSTOM displays The bass midrange and treble can manually be adjusted using the tone button Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers 1 Push and release the balance and fade button until BAL displays 2 Turn the ADJ knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers 1 Push and release the balance and fade button until FADE displays 2 Turn the ADJ knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers To adjust balance or fade to the middle position select BAL or FADE Then press and hold the balance and fade button for more than two seconds One beep so
84. vehicle to the dealer retailer and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 For the 3 5L and 3 6L engines the transmission fluid will not reach the end of the dipstick unless the transmission is at operating temperature If you need to check the transmission fluid level please take the vehicle to your dealer retailer Automatic Transmission Fluid 3 9L Engine When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid A good time to check the automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 5 29 How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealer retailer service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick
85. will come on and stay on when the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if the vehicle is started necessary 1 60 If a child restraint has been installed and on indicator is lit see If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint under Passenger Sensing System on page 1 69 for more information To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position If your seat has a safety belt guide insert the safety belt into the guide on the head restraint by sliding the webbing through the opening on the guide Airbag System The vehicle has the following airbags A frontal airbag for the driver A frontal airbag for the right front passenger e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the driver e Aseat mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger The vehicle may also have the following airbags e A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver e A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger All of the airbags in your vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With seat mounted side impact airbags the word AIRBAG will
86. you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 101 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on the vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 69 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 for more informatio
87. your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 www dr bbb org goauto This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in
88. 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate the tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 77 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 83 5 76 When rotating the vehicle s tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 71 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 118 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a
89. 057K Center High Mounted Stoplamp 912 CHMSL Front Parking and Turn Signal Lamp SII Front Rear Sidemarker Lamp License Plate Lamp Headlamps High Beam Lamp Low Beam Lamp f Signal Lamp 1 Remove the license plate assembly by turning the Sidemarker Stoplamp Taillamp 2 Turn and pull the license plate lamp forward Coupe and Sedan only through the fascia opening Retractable Hardtop only 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the Sedan Only bulb straight out of the socket 4 Push the new bulb in and turn it clockwise to install 5 Replace the license plate lamp by pushing it through the fascia opening 6 Turn the two screws that hold the license plate lamp clockwise to reinstall For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer 5 57 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information on wiper blade inspection Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways Here is how to remove the wiper blade 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm connector away from the windshield 3 Install the new blade onto the arm connector and make sure the grooved areas are fully set in the locked position For the proper type and size see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 2 Squeeze the grooved areas on each si
90. 2009 Pontiac G6 Owner Manual M Seats and Restraint System 0cceeeees 1 1 Driver Information Center DIC ow 3 42 Head ReStralnts sien ccncvendivnaariemintiencatsaidan 1 2 Audio System S o ceeceseeseeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeaes 3 52 FIOM Seals decescdcndcuatactnannnidnncnutinldaadutear ane 1 4 Driving Your Vehicle cccssssseeeeeeeeeees 4 1 Rear Seals cccsecacsackgancevesuadeduceasccniacangneeens 1 12 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle _ 4 2 Safety Belts cecceccecsecsecceececceeeeseeeeeeens 1 14 TOWING ioiii nenien aan Eanan ERER 4 26 Child Restraints oo ee eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 36 Service and Appearance Care 00 5 1 Airbag System oo eece cece ecee cece eeeeeeee seen eens 1 61 SEVICE hes Guocesl eree n ea Ti 5 4 Restraint System Check ceeeeeeeeee eee ees 1 76 F el sai a R E AE 5 6 Features and Controls 20 00c0cceseeseeeeeeeeees 2 1 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 12 Keys vcvrsebe isweevacadugeetescivecia aetenlaieties seteves 2 2 Headlamp Aiming cceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 51 Doors and LOCKS sssviveseiiveacseswoessecianveewss tenes 2 9 Bulb Replacement c cceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 51 WINDOWS ex 5c 4025ecadeunedcntvededsnesyeeeesdeeyieccees 2 14 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 58 Theft Deterrent SysteMS o oo eeeeeee eee eee ees 2 17 reS sweet hedteaneytintecehnr
91. 5 45 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 40 Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 112 When you open the hood on the 3 5L V6 engine this is what you see Engine Air Cleaner Filter 3 5 L V6 Engine on page 5 26 or Engine Air Cleaner Filter All Other Engines on page 5 27 Power Steering Fluid on page 5 39 Engine Cooling Fan See Cooling System on page 5 32 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 21 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 21 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 33 Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 32 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 42 Battery on page 5 45 See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 112 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 40 When you open the hood on the 3 6L V6 engine this is what you see i NS NEG een oe Engine Air Cleaner Filter 3 5 L V6 Engine on page 5 26 or Engine Air Cleaner Filter All Other Engines on page 5 27 Power Steering Fluid on page 5 39 Engine Oil Fill Cap S
92. A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people Cautions tell what the hazard is and what to do to avoid or reduce the hazard Read these cautions A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or Notice Vehicle Symbols Cruise Control The vehicle has components and labels that use Engine Coolant Temperature symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with E the text describing the operation or information gt Exterior Lamps relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator Fog Lamps CA This symbol is shown when you need to see your E Ruel Gage owner manual for additional instructions or information Fuses This symbol is shown when you need to see a Headlamp High Low Beam Changer service manual for additional instructions or information Vehicle Symbol Chart Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean For more information 1 Oil Pressure on the symbol refer to the index LATCH System Child Restraints e Malfunction Indicator Lamp Power i Airbag Readiness
93. After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 9 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 008 7 2 Online Owner Center cceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY SENS o iener a aE 7 6 Customer Assistance Offices c eeeeeeeeeee 7 6 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 7 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeee ees 7 7 Scheduling Service Appointments 0 7 10 Courtesy Transportation ccceeeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 10 Collision Damage Repair ceeeeeeeeneeeeenes 7 11 Reporting Safety Defects 00e Reporting Safety Defe
94. Battery HVAC BLOWER HIGH HVAC CTRL BATT Heating Ventilation Air HVAC CTRL IGN Conditioning Control Ignition IGN SENSOR Ignition Switch INTERIOR LIGHTS Interior Lamps NOT INSTALLED NOT INSTALLED NOT INSTALLED NOT INSTALLED ONSTAR PEDAL nIARG Power Windows Sedan POWER Audio System WINDOWS RADIO 5 112 Sunroof Heated Seat Power Windows Coupe Retractable Hardtop Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror Compass Cruise Control Switch Passenger RUN CRANK Airbag Status Indicator DSC Switch e Spare Fuse Holder ROOF HEAT SEAT WIPER SW Windshield Wiper Washer Switch Engine Compartment Fuse Block The vehicle may not be equipped with all the fuses and features listed The engine compartment fuse block is located on the driver side of the engine compartment near the battery Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on the vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component Air Conditioner Clutch Electronic Throttle Control Engine Control Module IGN 1 LZ4 LZE LZ9 3 4 Transmission Control Module Ignition 1 5 113 Fuses Usage _ 5 Mass Airflow Sensor LY7 10 13 Engine Control Module Battery LE5 LY7 Windshield Wiper Antilock Brake System IGN 1 16 Engine Control Module IGN 1 LE5 LY7 Cooling Fan 1 Cooling Fan 2 Run Relay Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning Blower Fuses Usage Electric Po
95. DUGTION Jsweiisawsavcctiaveanneieaeiietasapavettelaateeces 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes cccececeseeeeeee ences 6 7 Maintenance Schedule cont Maintenance Record ccceeeee eee eeeeeeeees 6 17 Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeeeee es 6 2 Owner Checks and Services c0ceceeeeeees 6 9 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 13 Scheduled Maintenance ccccceeeeeeeeeees 6 4 WSING Sesseuizbed Setisacad a eee auction 6 3 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Lamp eccere 3 38 Manual Lumbar Controls c ccccceeeseneeeeeaes 1 5 Manual Seals es iececsccacctccadnceit dts nantictediceuewamtndes battens 1 4 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 6eeeeeeees 3 46 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview 2 37 Manual Rearview Mirror ceceeeeeeeeeees 2 37 Outside Convex Mirror ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Outside Power Mirrors ccccceseeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 MYGMLINK COM 4 i necnirctscedieenaetecetddansncs asean 7 5 Navigation System Privacy New Vehicle Break In Odometer ipren ieee A t i iradi 3 30 Odometer TID resnica aE E a nE 3 30 Off Road Recovery ceeeeeeeee eee eee eee eeeeee tenes 4 11 Oil EN GING sesoto na e e aaa 5 21 Pressure Light weccc coccscestendenercectiecesenase seen enees 3 40 Oil En
96. E transmitter button e Press the power door lock switch e Press the remote trunk release e Turn the lamp that was left on to off and then to on again Accessory Power Outlet s Accessory power outlets can be used to connect auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone or CB radio There are two accessory power outlets located on the center console below the climate controls If the vehicle has a Traction Control System TCS one accessory power outlet is in the center storage console and the other is on the center console below the climate controls To use an outlet remove the protective cap When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap The accessory power outlet is operational at all times Notice If electrical devices are left plugged into a power outlet the battery may drain causing the vehicle not to start or damage to the battery This would not be covered by the warranty Always unplug all electrical devices when turning off the vehicle Certain electrical accessories are not compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to the vehicle can damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not use equip
97. H type child restraint is not attached to anchors the child restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child Do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash attach only one child restraint per anchor A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Buckle any could be seriously injured or killed Install a LATCH type child restraint properly using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed 1 52 Notice Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle s safety belts This may damage these parts If necessary move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments Do not fold the empty rear seat with a safety belt buckled This could damage the safety belt or the seat Unbuc
98. If this message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem 3 65 Using the Auxiliary Input Jack The radio system has an auxiliary input jack located near the TONE button on the radio faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack An external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer etc can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in P Park See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s f
99. Labeling Tire Sidewall cceeeeeeeeeee sees 5 61 Lamp Malfunction Indicator cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eens 3 38 Lamps COUNMESY oianean i ahaa emcees 3 16 DOME ere a alga ieee vee 3 16 FRG AGING carsi eaan aa 3 17 TUNK scienne ncn tony a e SE 3 17 Lap Shoulder Belt c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneees 1 28 LATCH System for Child Restraints 0 1 48 Latches Seatback ccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeueeeeees 1 9 License Plate Lamps 0 c cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 57 Lift Seat POWer ccccccccccceee cece eases eeeaeeeeees 1 12 Light Airbag Readiness 2 cceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 32 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning 3 35 Brake System Warning cceceeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 34 Light cont Charging System cceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneees 3 34 Cruise Control 2 ciesidtissceet eien a Ea 3 41 Highbeam ON isss une tte ean aaa tiene Maas 3 41 Low Fuel Warning eeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeees 3 42 Oil PreSSUre s2iecsctdark ith ides entana eek 3 40 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 33 Safety Belt Reminders cseeeeeeeeeeeee 3 31 DOCUNILY ecese suarane ESA a A E NSE 3 41 StabiliTrak Not Ready 3 36 StabiliTrak Indicator sisese 3 36 TCS Warning Light cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeee eens 3 36 Tire PrOSSUNC wc ssdeage ct seciden ite hedtescenckeleeecedes 3 37 Traction Control Syste
100. Light Q Remote Vehicle Start Air Conditioning A Safety Belt Reminders Antilock Brake System ABS Q Tire Pressure Monitor Audio Steering Wheel Controls or OnStar 8 Traction Control O Brake System Warning Light amp Windshield Washer Fluid Charging System iv Section 1 Seats and Restraint System Head Restraints ccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 Front Seats esia a ee EE 1 4 Manual Seats ccccceececeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Pow r Seat cscs ca senses aeee aria EEan 1 5 Manual Lumbar 0 0ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 5 Heated Seats ccceccceceeeeeeeeee eee eeaeeaeeaeeeees 1 6 Reclining Seatbacks eceeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 1 6 Seatback Latches cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeees 1 9 Easy Entry Seat sa incclissecterivaxcmuctsteadorasanedeaden 1 10 Power Lift Seat lt ssecss csceess ecevesaedssveedeancneeecans 1 12 Rear Seats l nec eee eee eee eee eeaeeneees 1 12 60 40 Split Bench Seat Sedan and Coupe cceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeen eens 1 12 Safety BeltS w 3c 05 cd atten dines 1 14 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 14 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 19 Lap Shoulder Belt cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 28 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 35 Safety Belt Extender ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeaes 1 35 Child Restraints 00 ee 1 36 Older
101. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 69 for additional information When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat review the following illustrations Depending on where you place the child restraint you may not be able to access certain safety belt assemblies or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints Configurations for Use of Child Restraints Sedan Only A Child restraint using LATCH B Child restraint or occupant using safety belt A Occupant prohibited B Child restraint using LATCH
102. ONE 5 104 EEA E E E 5 107 Underbody Maintenance cccccccececceeeeen 5 108 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeee eee ee ees 5 105 Weatherstips ciinicunte nuadscnceecarieaegieteteeteaadens 5 105 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 5 106 Climate Control System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 20 AUTOMATIC scrissi oncaran ee 3 24 Outlet Adjustment escrire inniinn 3 28 Clock Setting ccceccececeeceeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 3 53 Collision Damage Repair eeeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 11 Compact Spare Tire eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea een ees 5 101 COMPASS E E E danced 2 38 Content Theft Deterrent ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 17 Control of a Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneees 4 3 Convenience Net cceceeeeeceeeeeee eee eeaeeaeeaes 2 43 Coolant EN GING 2sceisichanukank iets iad Mecdetiabemctecdeliess 5 33 Engine Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeeneee ees 3 37 Cooling SYSTEMI cceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeee eee eeaeenes 5 32 Courtesy LAMPS seiis sredis iea nesinu eeaeeaeeaes 3 16 Cruises COMtol soranta si cick cn domtwas pactauatan arsa E GT 3 10 Cruise Control Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 3 41 GUPNOIGE Ss einas a aoi ia nii 2 43 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation cceeeeeeeeee eee eees 7 10 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY USES tis sc cin ineehcusncesie E a E eoccaes 7 6 Customer Assistance Office
103. P on page 2 22 for more information Setting the Clock To set the hour press the CLOCK button The clock symbol displays and the hour flashes Turn the ADJ adjust knob to increase or to decrease the hours To set the minutes press the CLOCK button again The minutes flash Turn the ADJ knob to increase or to decrease the minutes The time can be set with the ignition on or off To synchronize the time with an FM station broadcasting Radio Data System RDS information press and hold the clock button to enter the clock set mode then press and hold the clock button for three seconds until UPDATED displays If the time is not available from the station NO UPDATE displays RDS time is broadcast once a minute After tuning to an RDS broadcast station it can take a few minutes for the time to update 3 53 Radio s I p rvee lt TRAF gt ae m P tvPe I lt TRAE gt o opr oc a sO ADJ Radio with a Six Disc CD Player Radio with a Single CD Player The vehicle has one of these radios as its audio system If the vehicle has the Monsoon audio system it has eight speakers and an eight channel amplifier The radio displays MONSOON when the radio or the ignition is turned on See your dealer retailer for details 3 54 Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the r
104. Services 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80 000 LG 000 000 000 0000 000 eae 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks oe gt Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter 3 5 L V6 Engine on page 5 26 or Engine Air Cleaner Filter All Other Engines on page 5 27 2 4L Code B L4 and 3 5L Code N V6 Engines Only Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service only See footnote h 3 9L Code 1 V6 Engine Only Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service See footnote h 3 9L Code 1 V6 Engine Only Change automatic transmission fluid and filter normal service Additional Required Services cont d 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 g0 000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 3 6L Code 7 V6 Engine Only Change eet een fluid Severe service See footnote I 3 6L Code 7 V6 Engine Only Change E N transmission fluid normal service Replace spark plugs Inspect spark H wires An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote m Maintenanc
105. Store all these in the proper place 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 Collapse the wrench using the same button used to extend it Attach the wrench to the jack by placing the tab on the wrench into the hole on the side of the jack Then place the wrench handle over the tab on the side of the jack 5 100 4 Raise the jack to the height shown and lock the wrench onto the jack An outline of the jack showing the proper height is printed on the insulation in the bottom of the spare tire well 5 Place the jack in the spare tire well Make sure the stow bolt goes through the hole in the center of the wrench on the jack with the base of the jack towards the front of the vehicle The printed outline on the insulation may be used as a placement guide Turn the jack retainer nut until it firmly contacts the wrench Do not over tighten 6 Place the compact spare into the tire compartment with the stow bolt going through the center hole of the wheel 7 Turn the spare tire retainer nut until it firmly contacts the wheel Do not over tighten Storing the Spare Tire and Tools Retractable Hardtop Models Follow the previous instructions except turn the jack so the lift arm is parallel to the rear of the vehicle when placing it in the spare tire compartment Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time
106. TPMS is re learning the tire positions on your vehicle The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 76 Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 69 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 for more information TOP INOP Inoperative TRUNK If your vehicle has a retractable hardtop this message displays if the trunk lid is not completely closed when operating the retractable hardtop Make sure that the trunk lid is closed when operating the retractable hardtop See Trunk on page 2 12 Lowering the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 44 and Raising the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 47 for more information TOP MOVE COMPLT Complete If your vehicle has a retractable hardtop this message displays when the retractable hardtop has lowered or raised completely See Lowering the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 44 and Raising the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 47 for more information TOP NOT ALLOWED If your vehicle has a retractable hardtop this message displays if the retractable hardtop button is pressed while the vehicle is not in P Park Make sure that the vehicle is in P Park when operating the retractable hardtop See Lowering the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 44 and Raising the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 47 for more information TOP NOT SECURE If your vehicle has a retractable hardtop this message displays when the ret
107. Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 61 for additional information GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 76 for information on proper tire rotation A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If
108. a sen aai IESni 4 19 StabiliTrak System cccccccccccceeeesseeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 20 Traction Control System TCS o ae 4 7 Loading the Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 20 Le eS A3 TONIN aroe er cen ceep eta neeshs iaatmrnn ee ateadaet 4 26 Off Road Recovery 0 etcetera 4 11 Towing Your Vehicle cccccccccceeeseseeeeeeeees 4 26 PASSING aiea aa ea a EEES 4 11 Recreational Vehicle Towing ccccceceeeeee 4 26 LOSSPOF COMMON Siiani ni ie wetadenad 4 11 Towing a Trailer cs ccceleosecceecendeaedcdestaswtacseatse 4 30 Your Driving the Road and Defensive Driving the Vehicle Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to 5 wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Driving habits can affect fuel mileage Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time When road and weather conditions are appropriate use cruise control if equipped Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require Keep vehicle tires properly inflated Combine several trips into a single trip Replace the vehicle s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire s sidewall near the size Follow recommended scheduled m
109. able from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part B Good Battery C Dead Battery 5 50 Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamp aim has been preset at the factory and For the proper type of replacement bulbs see should need no further adjustment Replacement Bulbs on page 5 57 However if your vehicle is damaged in a crash the For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this headlamp aim may be affected Aim adjustment to the section contact your dealer retailer low beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers flash their high beam headlamps at you Halogen Bulbs for vertical aim If the headlamps need to be re aimed it is recommended that you take the vehicle to your S dealer retailer for service A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package 5 51 Headlamps Front Turn Signal To replace one of these bulbs 1 Remove the two screws that secure the headlamp Sidemarker and Parking Lamps assembly A Front Sidemarker C Low Beam B Front Turn Signal Headlamp Parking Lamp D High Beam Ss Headlamp 2 Remove the fasteners of the front facia by lifting under them 3 Pull the front facia back and then pull the headla
110. acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up If one or more of these conditions occurs change the fuel brand used It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off See Gasoline Octane on page 5 7 If none of the above have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle The dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed 3 39 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on the vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent getting a vehicle registration Here are some things to know to help the vehicle pass an inspection e The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on with the engine running or if the key is in ON RUN and the light is not on e The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD II on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if the battery has recently been replaced or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving Th
111. action performance Z WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 5 82 A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis
112. additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 and Engine Oil on page 5 21 Always reset the engine oil life system after an oil change See How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System under Engine Oil Life System on page 5 24 Tire Pressure On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS the pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure is shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the information button until LF PSI kPa RF displays for the front tires Press the information button again until LR PSI kPa RR displays for the rear tires If a low tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the tire pressure appears in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information Personalization MENU Press this button while the ignition is on to scroll through each of the personalization options in the following order To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off If the vehicle is moving faster than 2 mph 3 km h the personalization menu options are not available except for the UNITS option All of the personalization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available display on the DIC e Oil Life Reset
113. adienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 8 for additional information California Fuel If the vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 38 lf this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if the vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look fo
114. adio can do the following e Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies e Display messages from radio stations e Seek to stations with traffic announcements This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or call letters appear on the display instead of the frequency RDS stations can also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast Playing the Radio D Power Press to turn the system on and off a Volume Turn to increase or to decrease the volume DISP Display Press to switch the display between the time and the temperature or the radio station frequency and the temperature While the ignition is off press to display the time For RDS press to change what appears on the display while using RDS The display options are station name RDS station frequency PTY and the name of the program if available For XM if equipped press while in XM mode to retrieve four different categories of information related to the current song or channel Artist Song Title Catego
115. adjust the temperature setting as necessary If the temperature setting of 60 F 15 C is chosen the system remains at the maximum cooling setting If the temperature setting of 90 F 32 C is chosen the system remains at the maximum heat setting Choosing either maximum setting will not cause the vehicle to heat or cool faster Be careful not to cover the sensor located on the top of the instrument panel near the windshield This sensor regulates air temperature based on sun load and also turns on the headlamps Also be careful not to cover the sensor grille on the lower right side of the climate control faceplate This senses the inside vehicle temperature needed for proper regulation To avoid blowing cold air at start up in cold weather the system delays turning on the fan until warm air is available The length of delay depends on the engine coolant temperature Turning the fan knob overrides this delay and change the fan to a selected speed If the vehicle has the remote start feature the climate control display initially shows RS in place of the temperature to indicate the remote start has been activated The remote start system turns on using the last temperature selected before the vehicle was last turned off For best performance turn the fan and mode knobs to the AUTO position The fan speed and air delivery modes will change to achieve the best comfort If the outside air temperature is below 45 F and
116. age clears when the vehicle s condition is no longer present To acknowledge a message and clear it from the display press and hold any of the DIC buttons If the condition is still present the warning message comes back on the next time the vehicle is turned off and back on With most messages a warning chime sounds when the message displays Your vehicle may have other warning messages AUTO Automatic LIGHTS OFF This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is disabled with the headlamp switch AUTO Automatic LIGHTS ON This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is enabled with the headlamp switch BRAKE FLUID This message displays while the ignition is on when the brake fluid level is low The brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 34 for more information Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible 3 46 CHANGE OIL SOON This message displays when the life of the engine oil has expired and it should be changed When this message is acknowledged and cleared from the display the engine oil life system must still be reset separately See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 24 Engine Oil on page 5 21 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information CHECK CARGO TOP If your vehicle has a retractable hardtop this message displays if the cargo cover is not in place when operat
117. aintenance A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition e Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you e Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the la
118. air conditioning compressor automatically runs to help dehumidify the air and dry the windshield The air conditioning indicator light blinks three times if you try to turn off the compressor while in this mode eS Outside Air Press the right side of the button to turn the outside air mode on An indicator light comes on to show that it is on Air from outside the vehicle circulates throughout the vehicle The outside air mode can be used with all modes except the recirculation mode Press amp again to cancel the recirculation mode 3 26 lt A Recirculation Press the left side of the button to turn the recirculation mode on An indicator light above the button comes on to show that it is on The air inside the vehicle is recirculated through the climate control system and throughout the vehicle not from outside This helps to limit the odors entering the vehicle and maximize air conditioning performance The recirculation mode cannot be used while in defrost defog or floor mode If recirculation is selected while in these modes the indicator light flashes three times to let you know that it is not allowed Use this mode only when it is needed for comfort since window fogging occurs if the air conditioning compressor is not engaged Press CS to cancel the auto recirculation feature Each time the vehicle is started the system reverts to the auto recirculation function When the weather is cool or damp operating th
119. allow the Adult Size Occupant system to detect that person and enable the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 3 Place the seatback in the fully upright position 4 Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with legs comfortably extended 5 Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat 1 73 Additional Factors Affecting System Operation Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehi
120. an lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 16 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 17 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when the vehicle is started PASSENGER AIRBAG 4 2 OFF ON United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off are visible during th
121. an extended amount of time you may notice a reduced amount of power steering assist The normal amount of power steering assist should return shortly after a few normal steering movements The electric power steering system does not require regular maintenance If you suspect steering system problems contact your dealer retailer for service repairs See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 Hydraulic Power Steering If the vehicle has the hydraulic power steering system and power steering assist is lost because the engine stops or the power steering system is not functioning the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed Traction in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and vehicle speed While in a curve speed is the one factor that can be controlled If there is a need to reduce speed do it before entering the curve while the front wheels are straight Try to adjust the speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between
122. an make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on the right Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger side mirror is convex shaped A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver s seat 2 39 OnStar System OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If the airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If the keys are locked in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR to have a signal sent to unlock the doors OnStar Hands Free Calling including 30 trial minutes good for 60 days is available on most vehicles OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation service with one trial route is available on most vehicles Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor contact Roadside Service 2 40 OnStar service is provided subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions included in the OnStar Subscriber glove box literature Some services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until the owner of the vehicle registers with OnStar After the first prepaid year contact OnStar to select a monthly or annual subscrip
123. an not be used in Use this mode only when it is needed for comfort since window fogging occurs if the air conditioning compressor is not engaged Press C6 to cancel the outside air mode When you switch to the defog or defrost modes the system automatically moves from recirculation to outside air When the vehicle or fan is turned off and back on the system automatically defaults to outside air Air Conditioning Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off An indicator light comes on to indicate that the air conditioning is on The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so sometimes a small amount of water drips under the vehicle while it is idling or after the engine is turned off This is normal 3 22 Maximum Air Conditioning On hot days open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently For quick cool down on hot days do the following 1 Select the 7 vent mode 2 Select the highest fan speed 3 Select air conditioning 4 Select the CSS recirculation mode 5 Select the coolest temperature Using these settings together for long periods of time can cause the air inside of the vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in the vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off Rear Window Defogger The rear window de
124. and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee 7 15 Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also st
125. are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 67 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If the vehicle has been in a crash do you need new safety belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have the safety belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash if the airbag readiness light sta
126. as a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts If the headrest or head restraint is adjustable pull up on the headrest or head restraint to access the top tether anchors If the headrest or head restraint is fixed there should be a gap to route the strap under the headrest or head restraint Do not route the top strap around the headrest or head restraint Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 1 55 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 48 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 48 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored 1 56 In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints
127. asher Solvent Engine Oil Engine Coolant Usage Fluid Lubricant Hydraulic GM Power Steerin i g Fluid Power Steering GM Part No U S 89021184 System if equipped in Canada 89021186 Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Key Lock Cylinders Hood Latch Assembly Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol GM Part No U S 12346293 Latch Pivots in Canada 992723 or lubricant Spring Anchor meeting requirements of NLGI 2 and Category LB or GC LB Release Pawl Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Hood and Door GM Part No U S 12346241 g in Canada 109435474 Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Weatherstrip Conditioning Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Po i Pa CCCCCCCCSCSCSCi iL sSCGM Part Numbers _ ACDelco Part Numbers A1627C A1627C A2930C A2930C PF457G PF61 PF48 41 103 41 100 41 990 Driver Side 24 0 in 60 0 cm 25800624 CC Passenger Side 21 2 in 53 0 cm 25800623 J o o Engine Drive Belt Routing 2 4L L4 Engine 3 5L V6 Engine and 3 9L V6 Engine 6 15 3 6L V6 Engine Maintenance Record
128. at E E 5 59 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 2 21 Appearance Care oo ccceccceccceceeeeceeeceeeeees 5 102 MIFFONS c2incciacdacsacacesacewesacingeeagdaandebensbeauied ie 2 37 Vehicle Identification oo eee eee ee eee eee 5 108 OnStar System oo eeeeeeeeeseeeesseesessssseeeeees 2 40 Electrical System oo cccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 109 Storage Areas oo eee eee eceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 43 Capacities and Specifications eee 5 118 SUMOO ee a aoe di EE 2 43 Maintenance Schedule ecceesecceeeeeeeeees 6 1 Retractable Hardtop uo ce eeecc ccc ec cece eeeeeeeeaes 2 44 Maintenance Schedule 2 cc ccc eee cence eens 6 2 Instrument Panel cceecceseeeseeeeeeeseeeeees 3 1 Customer Assistance Information 7 1 Instrument Panel Overview eceeeeeeeeeees 3 4 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Climate Controls oo cece ccc ec ccc tenetik 3 20 Reporting Safety Defects eee 7 14 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 28 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 7 16 Tao aS ea er Plo SOE a ee 1 Y PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem and the name G6 are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed GM reserves the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehi
129. ayer holds up to six CDs To insert one CD 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and release the LOAD button 3 Wait for INSERT CD to flash on the display 4 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and hold the LOAD 7 button for two seconds A beep sounds and MULTI LOAD CD displays then INSERT CD and the number displays 3 Once INSERT CD and the number displays load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in Once the CD is loaded INSERT CD and the number displays again Once INSERT CD and the number displays again another CD can be loaded The CD player takes up to six CDs Do not try to load more than six To load more than one CD but less than six complete Steps 1 through 3 When finished loading CDs the radio begins to play the last CD loaded If more than one CD has been loaded a number for each CD is displayed and the currently selected slot number is underlined EJECT amp Press to eject a single CD The radio displays EJECTING CD and the single CD symbol flashes until the CD is ready to be removed When the CD is ready to be removed it ejects part way from the radio and the display changes to a flashing REMOVE CD with the single CD symbol flashing until the CD is removed If the CD is not removed within 25 seconds the radio pulls it back in Press and
130. bject to the following two conditions e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be 1 This device may not cause interference blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or 2 This device must accept any interference received right hold the transmitter higher and try again including interference that may cause undesired e Check the transmitter s battery See Battery operation of the device Replacement later in this section This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada e Ifthe transmitter is still not working correctly see Operation is subject to the following two conditions your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for 1 This device may not cause interference service 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions work up to 195 feet 60 m away from the vehicle There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 SA a With Remote Start Shown Without Remote Start Similar Q Remote Vehicle Start For vehicles with this feature press to operate the remote start feature See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 6 Lock Press to lock all the doors The interior lamps turn off after all of the doors are closed If enabled through t
131. bristles Products that remove odors from the vehicle s upholstery and clean the vehicle s glass can be obtained from your dealer retailer Do not clean the vehicle using e A knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e A stiff brush It can cause damage to the vehicle s interior surfaces e Heavy pressure or aggressive rubbing with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers can leave residue that streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Use only mild neutral pH soaps e Too much cleaner that saturates the upholstery e Organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc that can damage the vehicle s interior Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For any soil always try to remove it first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible a
132. bumper on the vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will any holes be made in the body of the vehicle when the trailer hitch is installed If there are then be sure to seal the holes later when the hitch is removed If the holes are not sealed dirt water and deadly carbon monoxide CO from the exhaust can get into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 35 in the Index for more information Safety Chains Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so the rig can turn Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Because the vehicle has antilock brakes do not try to tap into the vehicle s hydraulic brake system If you do both brake systems will not work well or at all Does your trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you will be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Driving with a Trailer Towing a
133. cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of the vehicle in acrash hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the volume of the radio if the OnStar advisor cannot be heard If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red the system may not be functioning properly Press the OnStar button and request a vehicle diagnostic If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired and all services have been deactivated Press the OnStar button to confirm that the OnStar equipment is active Storage Areas Glove Box Lift up on the glove box lever to open it Cupholders There are two cupholders in the front center console of the vehicle and two in the rear of the center console Pull down the door on the rear of the center console to use the rear seat cupholders Center Console Storage The center console has a separate storage area Pull up the release handle on the front of the cover to open the compartment In the floor console is a power accessory outlet See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 19 for more information Convenience Net Use the convenience net located in the rear to store small loads as far forward as possible The net should not be used to store heavy loads Sunroof The vehicle may have a N power slid
134. celerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place M Manual Mode This position allows you to change gears similar to a manual transmission If the vehicle has this feature see Manual Shift Mode MSM following Manual Shift Mode MSM To use this feature 1 Move the shift lever from D Drive rearward and then to the right into the M Manual Mode While driving in manual mode the transmission will remain in the driver selected gear 2 Press the shift lever forward to upshift or rearward to downshift The odometer display on the instrument panel cluster will change from vehicle mileage to the letter M for manual shift mode and a number indicating the requested gear range when moving the shift lever forward or rearward See Speedometer and Odometer on page 3 30 for more information While using the MSM feature the vehicle will have firmer shifting and sportier performance You can use this for sport driving or when climbing hills to stay in gear longer or to downshift for more power or engine braking The transmission will only allow you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine revolutions per minute RPM e The transmission will not shift to the next higher gear if the engine RPM is too low e The transmission will not allow shifti
135. cessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 75 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before attempting any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If the wrong fasteners are used parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If doing some of
136. chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible 5 106 Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However chrome polish may be used on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap anda buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by e Extreme dusty conditions e Sand and salt e Heat and sun Snow and ice without proper removal Aluminum Wheels Notice Using strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Use only approved cl
137. child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though the airbag s are off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag s are off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time
138. chnicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Check to make sure that you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in dange
139. chor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat Sedan 1 49 Rear Seat Coupe Om Om Rear Seat Retractable Hardtop 2it Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion The top tether anchors are located on the rear seatback filler panel Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Coupe Retractable hardtop models do not have top tether anchors to be used to secure a child restraint in any Sedan seating position Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 46 for additional information 1 51 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION Z CAUTION If a LATC
140. cle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 75 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 1 74 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change the vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from worki
141. cles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division wherever it appears in this manual This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle Read this manual from beginning to end to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures symbols and words work together to explain vehicle operation Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 15898472 A First Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 helminc com Propri taires Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 helminc com Index To quickly locate information about the vehicle use the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2008 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do not do this or Do not let this happen A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning
142. closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 105 5 105 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer If the vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and
143. cts to the United States Government eeeeeeeees Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 06 eeeeeeeeee eens Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar sereen Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by the dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S call the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 762 2737 In Canada call General Motors of Canada Customer Communicati
144. cular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated 5 65 Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 77 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings f
145. cur when making or receiving phone calls charging the phone s battery or simply having the phone on This interference causes an increased level of static while listening to the radio If static is received while listening to the radio unplug the cellular phone and turn it off Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged as long as it is securely attached to the base If the mast becomes slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Occasionally check to make sure the antenna is tightened to its base If tightening is required tighten by hand 3 69 Backglass Antenna The AM FM antenna is integrated with the rear window defogger located in the rear window Make sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception For proper radio reception the antenna connector needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass If a cellular telephone antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that the grid lines for the AM FM antenna are not damaged There is enough space between the grid lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window may damage the rear window antenna and or the rear window
146. d expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for reservoir location 5 41 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for the location of the reservoir 5 42 There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down e The brake fluid level goes down because of normal brake lining wear When new linings are installed the fluid level goes back up e A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause a low fluid level Have the brake hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well Do not top off the brake fluid Adding fluid does not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION A CAUTION If too much brake fluid is added it can spill on the With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid engine and burn if the engine is hot e
147. d Lane Change Signals Wu DED Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Exterior Lamp Control Flash to Pass Information for these features is on the pages following Turn and Lane Change Signals gt Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn An arrow on the instrument panel cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change Hold it there until lane change is complete The lever returns to its starting position when it is released If after signaling a turn or lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on a signal bulb could be burned out Have the bulbs replaced If the bulb is not burned out check the fuse See Fuses on page 5 110 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal multifunction lever away from you This instrument panel cluster light D comes on if the high beam lamps are turned on while the ignition is in ON RUN To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever toward you Flash to Pass This feature lets the high beam headlamps be used to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass Pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers The windshield wiper lever is located on t
148. d Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 48 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 1 58 To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it If your seat has a safety belt guide return the safety belt into the guide on the seatback by sliding the webbing through the opening on the guide Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position The vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if th
149. d occurs when several of the following are on such as headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driver Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW or LOW BATTERY If this message is displayed it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 Battery Run Down Protection The battery run down feature is designed to protect the vehicle s battery When any interior lamp trunk reading lamps or dome lamp is left on when the ignition is turned off the battery run down protection system automatically shuts the lamp off after 20 minutes This prevents draining of the battery To reactivate the interior lamps do one of the following e Open any door e Press any Remote Keyless Entry RK
150. d to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 101 5 67 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pres
151. de The seat mounted side impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door 1 64 q a Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar If the vehicle has roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers they are in the ceiling above the side windows A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat mounted side impact airbag Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof rail airbags by routing a rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked 1 65 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict h
152. de of the blade and turn the blade assembly away from the arm connector 5 58 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer A CAUTION e Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued e Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them See High Speed Operation on page 5 68 for inflation pressure adjustment for high speed driving 5 59 Low Profile Performance Tire If your vehicle has P225 50R18 or P225 50R17 size tires they are classified as low profile performanc
153. ded Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces 5 104 Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of the interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on the instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts It may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone
154. door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position 3 Do the same for the other rear door Lockout Protection If your vehicle has power door locks it will have this feature If you press the power door lock switch when the key is in the ignition and any door is open all the doors will lock and the driver s door will unlock Be sure to remove the key from the ignition when locking your vehicle The lockout protection can be overridden by pressing and holding the power door lock in the lock position for three seconds Trunk CAUTION Continued To open the trunk from the outside press and hold the trunk release button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You can also use the key in the trunk lock If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or except on retractable hardtop models trunk hatch open e Close all of the windows A CAUTION e Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Exhaust gases may enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate trunk hatch open or with any objects that pass through the seal between the e Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate body and the trunk hatch or liftgate Engine exhaust disable
155. e CHAINS sccccertacseennriacedetdecuaauruteased nitendemcste 5 84 If a Tire Goes Flat ncesi iieii teense eee stas 5 85 Changing a Flat Tire si seissmirnosirenis eunis 5 86 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 87 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Vite cesca ki irnia naai aniei 5 89 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 94 Compact Spare Tire cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 101 Appearance Care l eeen 5 102 Interior Gleaning isicdsieessceetacsaseisn atten 5 102 Fabric Carpet ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeees 5 103 Leathef anirien inne 5 104 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES aeren aE rE 5 104 Care of Safety Belts cceeeeceeeeeeee erences 5 104 WeatherStripS eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 5 105 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeee eee eee 5 105 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0665 5 105 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Finish Gare ieren 5 106 Electrical System a eeen 5 109 Windshield and Wiper Blades 006 5 106 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 0 e 5 109 Aluminum Wheels eeeeeeeeeneeeeeee eee ees 5 107 Windshield Wiper Fuses asasen 5 109 TES Ceren eaa a aa aA 5 107 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 110 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 107 FUSES oine aa a cde eae eaetoneed tava 5 110 Finish Damage lt siisac
156. e O F 18 C To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord On the 2 4L L4 ECOTEC engine the engine coolant heater cord is located near the air cleaner box on the passenger side of the engine compartment On the 3 5L 3 6L and 3 9L V6 engines the engine coolant heater cord is located on the driver side around the battery box See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for more information on location 3 Plug the cord into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts and prevent damage The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors Ask a dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle for the best advice in this 2 25 Automatic Transmission Operation The vehicle will have one of these styles of shifter AN CAUTION located in the center console between the seats It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift
157. e The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 108 If the vehicle has the 3 5L V6 engine VIN Code K you can use either unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85 ethanol E85 See Fuel on page 5 6 In all other engines use only the unleaded gasoline described under Gasoline Octane on page 5 7 Only vehicles that have the 3 5L V6 engine VIN Code k can use 85 ethanol fuel E85 We encourage the use of E85 in vehicles that are designed to use it The ethanol in E85 is a renewable fuel meaning it is made from renewable sources such as corn and other crops Many service stations will not have an 85 ethanol fuel E85 pump available The U S Department of Energy has an alternative fuels website www eere energy gov afdc infrastructure locator html that can help you find E85 fuel Those stations that do have E85 should have a label indicating ethanol content Do not use the fuel if the ethanol content is greater than 85 At a minimum E85 should meet ASTM Specification D 5798 By definition this means that fuel labeled E85 will have an ethanol content between 70 and 85 Filling the fuel tank with fuel mixtures that do not meet ASTM specifications can affect driveability and could cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come on To ensure quick starts in the wintertime the E85 fuel must be formulated properly for your climate according to ASTM speci
158. e The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread 5 64 Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Numb
159. e system in recirculation for extended periods of time can cause fogging of the vehicle s windows To clear the fog select either defog or defrost Make sure the air conditioning is on X Air Conditioning Press to turn the air conditioning on or off A light above the button comes on while the air conditioning is on When air conditioning is selected or in AUTO mode the system runs the air conditioning automatically to cool and dehumidify the air entering the vehicle On hot days open the windows long enough to let hot inside air escape This reduces the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down Then keep the windows closed for the air conditioner to work its best On cool but sunny days while using manual operation of the automatic system use bi level to deliver warm air to the floor and cooler air to the instrument panel outlets To warm or cool the air press V or A to the desired temperature setting In AUTO mode the system cools and dehumidifies the air inside the vehicle Also the system maximizes its performance by using recirculation as necessary Heating On cold days when using manual operation of the automatic system choose floor mode to deliver air to the floor outlets To warm or cool the air delivered adjust the temperature to the desired setting To use the automatic mode turn the knob to AUTO and adjust the temperature by pressing V or A Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a
160. e Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades e If towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required An emission system malfunction might be corrected by doing the following e Make sure the fuel cap is fully installed See Filling the Tank on page 5 10 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off e If the vehicle has been driven through a deep puddle of water the vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off e Make sure to fuel the vehicle with quality fuel Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and can cause stalling after start up stalling when the vehicle is changed into gear misfiring hesitation on
161. e CHANGE OIL SOON message displays in the Driver Information Center DIC service is required for the vehicle Have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally service the vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 24 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that the first service be Maintenance I the second service be Maintenance II and then alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the message displays within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was
162. e Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect electric power steering cables for proper hook up binding cracks chafing etc Inspect hydraulic power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 58 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 106 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job
163. e any doubt If the vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If the vehicle does not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include Drive defensively Do not drink and drive Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because headlamps can only light up so much road ahead Watch for animals e When tired pull off the road e Do not wear sunglasses e Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps e Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle tracti
164. e between the optional languages The languages are ENGLISH default FRENCH SPANISH and GERMAN Choosing a language will display all of the information on the DIC in the desired language When you have made your choice press the MENU button for at least one second to record your selection 3 52 Audio System s Determine which radio the vehicle has and read the following pages to become familiar with its features A CAUTION Taking your eyes off the road for extended periods could cause a crash resulting in injury or death to you or others Do not give extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings To minimize taking your eyes off the road while driving do the following while the vehicle is parked e Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system e Set up the tone speaker adjustments and preset radio stations For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Notice Contact your dealer retailer before adding any equipment Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with the operation of the vehicle s engine radio or other systems and could damage them Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RA
165. e crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 61 The airbag readiness light flashes for a few seconds when the engine is started If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately 3 32 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving it means the airbag system might not be working properly The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury have the vehicle serviced right away If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message can also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has a passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 69 for important safety information The instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG 4 2 OFF ON United States Canada When the vehicle is started the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check If you are using remote start to start the vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator wi
166. e has an electrical failure while operating the hardtop and must be towed to a dealer retailer for service your vehicle should be towed by flatbed with the vehicle facing backwards Consult your dealer retailer or professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 Raising the Retractable Hardtop 1 Park on a level surface and shift the transmission into P Park The vehicle must be in P Park and the engine must be running or the ignition turned to the ON RUN position to operate the retractable hardtop 2 The trunk cargo cover must be fully closed and the trunk must be closed before raising the hardtop 2 47 3 Make sure nothing or no one is on or around the hardtop Make sure there is no cargo on top of or CAUTION Continued in front of the trunk cargo cover A CAUTION When the retractable hardtop is opened or closed people can be injured by the parts that move the hardtop and its mechanism the trunk lid and the side windows Keep people away from these parts when you are lowering or raising the top A CAUTION If the retractable hardtop is not completely opened or closed the system will cause the retractable hardtop to slowly descend after 3 minutes You or others could be injured The retractable hardtop will descend immediately if the ignition is turned to 4 The hardtop switch is located on the headliner LOCK OFF during t
167. e is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 101 and Ifa Tire Goes Flat on page 5 85 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal
168. e repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue S E Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and yo
169. e right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 69 for additional information If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH If a child restraint is secured using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instruction
170. e system automatically forces outside air into the vehicle The air conditioning compressor runs unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing The air conditioning compressor operates although the indicator light is not on The air conditioning indicator light turns off when defrost is selected If the air conditioning button is pressed while in defrost mode the indicator light turns on If the button is pressed again the light turns off Recirculation cannot be selected while in the defrost mode To help clear the windshield quickly do the following 1 Select the defrost mode 2 Select the highest temperature 3 Select the highest fan speed eS Outside Air Press the right side of the button to turn the outside air mode on An indicator light comes on to show that it is on Air from outside the vehicle circulates throughout the vehicle The outside air mode can be used with all modes except the recirculation mode Press amp again to cancel the recirculation mode 3 21 A Recirculation Press the left side of the button to turn the recirculation mode on An indicator light comes on to show that it is on The air inside the vehicle is recirculated through the climate control system and throughout the vehicle not from outside This helps to limit the odors entering the vehicle and maximize air conditioning performance The indicator light flashes three times if you try to use recirculation in a mode that it c
171. e system check If you are using remote start if equipped to start the vehicle from a distance you may not see the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or OFF or the symbol for on or off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 33 The passenger sensing system turns off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions The driver airbags and the roof rail airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system 1 69 The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag should be enabled may inflate or not According to accident statistics children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight and size We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 70 A CAUTION A
172. e tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement You may also notice more road noise with low profile performance tires and that they tend to wear faster Notice If the vehicle has low profile tires they are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires Tire and or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes or sharp edged objects or when sliding into a curb The vehicle warranty does not cover this type of damage Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible avoid contact with curbs potholes and other road hazards Winter Tires If your vehicle has P225 50R18 size tires they are classified as low profile performance tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement If you expect to drive on snow or ice covered 5 60 roads often you may want to get winter tires for your vehicle The low profile performance tires may not offer the traction you would like or the same level of performance as winter tires on snow or ice covered roads Winter tires in general are designed for increased traction on snow and ice covered roads With winter tires there may be decreased dry road traction increased road noise and shorter tire tread life After switching to winter tires be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking See your retailer for details
173. e vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging the transmission see f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 19 N Neutral In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only Also use N Neutral when the vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of P Park or N Neutral with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle D Drive This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down 2 27 Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page
174. e vehicle is running It shows how fast the vehicle is going how much fuel the vehicle has left and many other things needed to drive safely and economically United States Shown Canada similar 3 29 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven in either miles used in the United States or kilometers used in Canada When in manual shift mode the odometer will change from the vehicle s mileage to the letter M for manual mode and a number indicating the requested gear range when moving the shift lever forward or rearward For more information see Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 26 This vehicle has a tamper resistant odometer Repair or replacement of the instrument panel cluster should only be performed by your dealer retailer Trip Odometer The trip odometer can display how far the vehicle has been driven since it was last reset For more information see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 43 3 30 Tachometer The tachometer shows the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm 2 4L and 3 6L Engine shown 3 5L and 3 9L Engine similar Notice If the engine is operated with the tachometer in the shaded warning area the vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachome
175. eaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because the surface could be damaged Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Driving the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti
176. ecececee acta EATA 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and push the secondary hood release lever to the right 3 Lift the hood release the hood prop rod from its retainer and put the hood prop into the slot in the hood marked with an arrow Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and return the prop to its retainer Then let the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 2 4L L4 engine this is what you see S i a am i Vas SASS IT anon NS f N W 1 Ud es AND A e y a a p q i EY ale i af Tl LLAFN My CT gt Kl WHE Gi NES 5 14 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 3 5 L V6 Engine on page 5 26 or Engine Air Cleaner Filter All Other Engines on page 5 27 Engine Cooling Fan See Cooling System on page 5 32 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 21 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 21 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 33 Qn Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 32 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 42 Battery on page
177. echnology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeee 5 4 Accessory Power Outlets c eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 19 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle nidcctsseicevethe i eens n E E Beenie 1 75 Additives Fuel c cccccceceeceeeeeteeeeteeesenaees 5 8 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 0eeeee 5 109 Air Cleaner Filter Engine 0 0eee 5 26 5 27 Air Conditioning ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 3 24 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator c eeeeeeeeees 3 33 Readiness Light cs eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 3 32 Airbag Systems eena ienai raai akini 1 61 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle cine etena oe aean EY 1 75 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeeeee 1 67 Passenger Sensing System 0 eeeeeeeeeeees 1 69 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 74 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 08 1 67 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 68 When Should an Airbag Inflate
178. ed including interference that may cause undesired operation The TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS turns on the low tire pressure warning light e located on the instrument panel cluster At the same time a message to check the pressure in a specific tire appears on the Driver Information Center DIC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by the driver For add
179. ed broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while 3 60 handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Care of The CD Player Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section For vehicles that have a Radio with a Six Disc CD player see the following LOAD 7 Press to load CDs into the CD player This CD pl
180. ee When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 21 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 21 Electric Engine Cooling Fans Out of View See Cooling System on page 5 32 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 33 Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 32 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 42 Automatic Transmission Fluid Cap Dipstick See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid 2 4L L4 3 5L and 3 6L V6 Engines on page 5 29 or Automatic Transmission Fluid 3 9L Engine on page 5 29 Battery on page 5 45 Underhood Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 112 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 40 When you open the hood on the 3 9L V6 engine this is what you see 5 20 Ga Engine Air Cleaner Filter 3 5 L V6 Engine on page 5 26 or Engine Air Cleaner Filter All Other Engines on page 5 27 Engine Coolant Bleed Valve Power Steering Fluid on page 5 39 Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick Out of View See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid 2 4L L4 3 5L and 3 6L V6 Engines on page 5 29 or Automatic Transmission Fluid 3 9L Engine on page 5 29 Engine Oil Fil
181. eeeeeeeeeee ees 5 89 Pressure Monitor Operation c eeeeeeeeeee 5 71 Pressure Monitor System eeeeeeeee eee ees 5 69 Removing the Flat Tire a nns 5 89 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 87 Tires cont Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 94 Tire Sidewall Labeling c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 5 61 Tire Terminology and Definitions 0 5 64 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeeeeee 5 80 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 82 Wheel Replacement 2 seeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 5 83 When It Is Time for New Tires ee 5 77 Winter TIES senatori aaan EEEn 5 60 Towing Recreational Vehicle eeseeeeeeeeeeee es 4 26 TOWING a Maller docs cecceswenndtend irn e uai 4 30 Your Vehicle sides oss chee die ch eecigindin et dete cee cede 4 26 Traction Control System Active Light eeeeeee 3 36 Control System TCS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeees 4 7 Control System Warning Light 3 36 Stabilitrak System cccccccccceeeessseeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Transmission Fluid Automatic ccccceceee eee caeeeeeeeneeeees 5 29 Transmission Operation Automatic 2 26 Trip Odometer cceeeeeeee eee nee eee eea een eeaeeaed 3 30 TUNK sce teos tami dewacanene aean aa eR 2 12 Trunk Lamps sie ceeded Slat ces eonan SA 3 17 Turn and Lane Change Signals
182. either arrow for more than four seconds until two beeps sound The radio goes to the first preset station stored on the pushbuttons plays for a few seconds then goes to the next preset station Press either arrow again to stop scanning presets The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM six XM1 and six XM2 can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons To program presets 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization 5 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set returns and the equalization that was selected is stored for that pushbutton 6 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble TONE Bass Midrange Treble Press and release the tone until BASS MID midrange or TREB treble displays Turn the ADJ adjust knob to increase or to decrease the tone The display shows the bass midrange or treble level If a station is weak or has static decrease the treble To adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position select BASS MID or TREB Then press and hold the tone button for more than two seconds One beep sounds and the tone control adjusts
183. el on the dipstick The fluid level should be within the crosshatched area on the dipstick If the fluid is at or below the ADD mark on the dipstick add just enough fluid to bring the level within the crosshatched area What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When the vehicle needs windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If the vehicle will be operating in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Notice When the windshield washer fluid reservoir is low a When using concentrated washer fluid follow LOW WASHER FLUID message displays on the Driver the manufacturer s instructions for adding Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and water Messages on page 3 46 for more information Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and Open the cap with the damage your washer fluid tank and other parts washer symbol on it Add of the washer system Also water does not washer fluid until the clean as well as washer fluid reservoir is full g e Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for flui
184. elps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from the vehicle To help protect the environment and to keep the vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain the vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help keep this vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use the vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep the vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 7 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional
185. ended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 118 5 22 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for the location of the engine oil fill cap 7 AAAA SAE 5W 30 AR Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use Look for three things LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER e GM6094M Use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 SAE 5W 30 is best for the vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e American Petroleum Institute API starburst symbol Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended
186. enter High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Retractable Hardtop ANG COUPE Sesona aaa 5 53 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Sedan 0 eeeeeeee 5 54 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Coupe 5 55 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Retractable Hardtop cceceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 56 License Plate Lamp ecseeeeeeeeeereeeeeeees 5 57 Replacement Bulbs eceeeeeeeeereeeeeeees 5 57 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 58 THPGS ponina aotdeaian ican can a a A 5 59 Winter TGS 26 cic cicdssineacsacntiaddsadeseeteahinetane saed 5 60 Tire Sidewall Labeling eeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 61 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 64 Inflation Tire Pressure seeren 5 67 High Speed Operation cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 68 Tire Pressure Monitor System eeeeeeees 5 69 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 00 5 71 Tire Inspection and Rotation eee 5 76 When It Is Time for New Tires ccce 5 77 Service and Appearance Care Buying New Tite cscc cence naseheauatvanaediendenease 5 78 Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 006 5 80 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeeeees 5 80 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 82 Wheel Replacement eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 83 Tir
187. er TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a parti
188. er tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving Set the parking brake firmly Put the shift lever in P Park Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 5 86 When the vehicle has a flat tire B use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks A A Wheel Block B Flat Tire The following information explains how to use the jack and change a tire Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is located in the trunk 1 2 If you have a retractable hardtop model make sure the hardtop is in the up position Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 for more information If you have a sedan or coupe model remove the spare tire cover If you have a retractable hardtop model unlatch the trunk cargo
189. erious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear the safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving 1 8 Seatback Latches A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving If your vehicle is a coupe or retractable hardtop model it has a seatback latch as part of the manual recline lever This feature provides easy access to the rear seats To operate the seatback latch pull up on the manual recline lever The seatback will automatically spring forward To operate the latch from the rear seat pull back on the top of the manual recline lever A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked Lift the seatback up to return it to the upright position Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Easy Entry Seat To use the easy entry seat A CAUTION If the easy entry right front seat is not locked it can move In a sudden stop or crash the person sitting there could be inju
190. ervice If your vehicle must be towed to a dealer retailer for service your vehicle should be towed by flatbed with the vehicle facing backwards Consult your dealer retailer or professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 2 49 42 NOTES 2 50 Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview 0 eeee 3 4 Accessory Power Outlet S eeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 19 Hazard Warning Flashers 0 c cee 3 6 Climate Controls i 3 20 LURET 3 Climate Control System 0 ccccceseeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 Tilt Wheel eee POPES COEEEEEEREEEE 3 6 Automatic Climate Control System 00 0 0 3 24 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 1ee 3 7 Outlet Adjustment ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 28 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0e 3 7 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 3 8 i a neg cee ole Indicators a a EE E A E TAT a Speedometer and Odometer 3 30 oc Koa gwen tieeidioens 3 8 Trio Od t 3 30 Windshield Washer dcziccacdeccccctsuznecesinsascesuansc 3 9 MP SCO SIGI ce enin Nc ct an Cee Ooo a E 3 10 Tachometer sossgrsgi daien nn aE Ere 3 30 Headlamps ees cccscscesceseseeseeseeseees 3 13 Safety Belt Reminders cceeeeeeeee eens 3 31 Headlamps Al Reminder nat 20 A Airbag Readiness Light eeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 32 Headlamps Off
191. eveeedeccsawenocenys ii Capacities and Specifications ceeeeeee 5 118 Carbon Monoxide ccceseeee eee 2 12 2 35 4 17 Care of Safety BeltS cccceceseseee nese eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 104 Center Console Storage Area ceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 43 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 53 Chains TIO enrio anerer a ai Ean 5 84 Charging System Light sreneiisrciieiriiiiairecinsss 3 34 Check Engine Lam pi sicstie esea Have ey 3 38 Checking Things Under the Hood 2545 5 12 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 108 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems cceeeeeeeeee eens 1 43 Infants and Young Children s es 1 39 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 48 Older Children 234s ccc ccst ccc recedetaananh senesteatenedecen 1 36 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSION casas bess cescncaienes desmtec heaped SE 1 56 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seal POSION aeaii E EEA 1 58 Where to Put the Restraint c eee 1 46 Cleaning Aluminum Wheels ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 107 Exterior Lamps Lenses s eeeeeeeeeee ees 5 105 Fabric Carpet smuaine eiue E enii 5 103 Finish Gare ecorrss2cecans codperniuantvesmeantaanaiondest 5 106 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES eieiaeo ane EEEN 5 104 Cleaning cont MIENON sesana eae 5 102 Leather sscccseehlactdoinaiedtin Ae E E
192. f these bulbs 7 Pull the bulb from the socket 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 8 Push the new bulb into the socket until it clicks Turn the bulb socket clockwise to reinstall into the taillamp assembly 2 Remove the convenience net 9 5 55 10 Push the taillamp assembly back into the rear of the vehicle 11 Reinstall the three hex nuts retaining the taillamp assembly 12 Reinstall the trunk trim and the two wing nuts Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Retractable Hardtop A Sidemarker Lamp B Stoplamp Taillamp Turn Signal Lamp C Back up Lamp 5 56 To replace one of these bulbs ils 2 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 Locate the three rubber covers in the trunk trim near the taillamp assembly and remove them Remove the two nuts and one bolt retaining the taillamp assembly Pull off the taillamp assembly to the side to release it from the vehicle Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove Pull the bulb from the bulb socket Push the new bulb straight in until it clicks Turn the bulb socket clockwise to reinstall Push the taillamp assembly back into place Reinstall the two nuts and one bolt retaining the taillamp assembly Reinstall the trunk trim and three rubber covers License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs To replace the license plate lamp bulb Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Coupe and Retractable Hardtop 3
193. factory but may have been changed from their default state since that time OIL LIFE RESET When this option is displayed you can reset the engine oil life system To reset the system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 24 3 50 UNITS When UNITS appears on the display press the enter button to move between METRIC default in Canada or ENGLISH default in United States When you have made your choice press the MENU button to record your selection If you choose English all information will be displayed in English units If you choose metric all information will be displayed in metric units The unit measurement will also change the trip odometer temperature and average fuel economy displays TIRE LEARN This option is available on vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system After rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS must re learn the tire positions To re learn the tire positions see Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 69 See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 76 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information REMOTE START If your vehicle has this feature the remote start option can be enabled or disabled When REMOTE START appears on the display press the enter button to move between OFF and ON default When you have made your choice press the MENU button to record your selection LOCK HORN If your vehicle
194. fication D 5798 If you have trouble starting on E85 it could be because the E85 fuel is not properly formulated for your climate If this happens switching to gasoline or adding gasoline to the fuel tank can improve starting For good starting and heater efficiency below 32 F 0 C the fuel mix in the fuel tank should contain no more than 70 ethanol It is best not to alternate repeatedly between gasoline and E85 If you do switch fuels it is recommended that you add as much fuel as possible do not add less than three gallons 11 L when refueling You should drive the vehicle immediately after refueling for at least seven miles 11 km to allow the vehicle to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration E85 has less energy per gallon than gasoline so you will need to refill the fuel tank more often when using E85 than when you are using gasoline See Filling the Tank on page 5 10 Notice Some additives are not compatible with E85 fuel and can harm the vehicle s fuel system Do not add anything to E85 Damage caused by additives would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Notice This vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States
195. fogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Gi REAR Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off An indicator light comes on to indicate that the rear window defogger is on Be sure to clear as much snow as possible from the rear window If driving below 50 mph 80 km h the rear window defogger turns off about 15 minutes after the button is pressed If turned on again the defogger only runs for about seven and one half minutes before turning off The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine If the vehicle s speed is maintained above 50 mph 80 km h the rear window defogger remains on once the button is pressed If the vehicle has the remote start feature the rear defogger automatically turns on if it is cold outside When the vehicle transitions out of the remote start mode the rear defogger turns off See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid Remote Vehicle Start If the vehicle has the remote start feature it will turn on using the last settings selected on the climate control before the vehicle was turned off The fan and air delivery knobs can be used during remo
196. for children with special needs 1 42 A CAUTION To reduce the risk of neck and head injury during a crash infants need complete support This is because an infant s neck is not fully developed and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing child restraint settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in rear facing child restraints A CAUTION A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints Child Restraint Systems A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint 1 43 A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fi
197. fter an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags and seat mounted side impact airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 67 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 1 68 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You c
198. g Wheel Controls 0 0 3 68 Backglass Antenna ccceeeeeeeeee nett eee eee es 3 70 Audio System cont Fixed Mast Antenna Radio Reception Setting the Clock Theft Deterrent Feature XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Audio System s Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Door Lock Automatic Headlamp System Automatic Transmission Backglass Antenna Electric Power Management Run Down Protection Bench Seat Split 60 40 System Warning Light BAKING siemano n a a shia 4 4 Braking in Emergencies eeeeeeeeeeeeeeen tees 4 6 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 21 Bulb Replacement ssrds riranin manas 5 51 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 5 53 Ralogen BUDS niniaren SE R 5 51 Headlamp Aiming seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 51 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 5 52 License Plate Lamps ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 57 Replacement Bulbs eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 57 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back Up tamp Sni ae E uacaeneadaeuts 5 54 5 55 5 56 Buying New TireS csceeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 78 Calibration esien anata 2 38 California Fuel scere aiana ae 5 7 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 5 California Proposition 65 Warning seeeeeceeeeeeee 5 5 Canadian Owners 2 j c0csscasveescsscavsees
199. gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 4 22 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity for your vehicle If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 30 for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips Example 1 Item Description Total Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for poe bs Example 1 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x 2 Example 2 Item Description Totali Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for lay Example 2 g Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 Available Occupant e and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg Available Cargo Eg Weight 250 Ibs 113 kg 4 23 Example 3 Item Description Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 0 Ibs 0 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 91 kg x5 Available Cargo Refer to the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s maximum vehicle
200. gers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on the radio FM Stereo FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Although the radio has a built in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference some static can occur especially around tall buildings or hills causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time Cellular Phone Usage Cellular phone usage may cause interference with the vehicle s radio This interference may oc
201. gger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale 5 69 Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 71 for additional information 5 70 Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference receiv
202. ght is printed on the insulation in the bottom of the spare tire well 10 11 Place the jack over the bolt A on the floor making sure it contacts the bolt Thread the jack retainer nut until it contacts the jack With the valve stem up place the tire on the compartment floor with the rear of the tire under the trim panel The tire may not lay completely flat Line up the bolt with the wheel center With the yellow cap in place to prevent the wheel from being scratched screw the bolt extension onto the bolt through the wheel center hole Remove the yellow cap from the bolt extension Secure the tire and wheel with the larger wing nut 5 95 Cover Wing Nut Extension Flat Tire valve stem up Nut Jack G Bolt The compact spare is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as you can See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 101 Storing a Flat Tire and Tools GXP and Retractable Hardtop Models To store the flat tire and jack in the compact spare tire compartment 1 Make sure the retractable hardtop is in the up position 2 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 3 If you have a retractable hardtop model unlatch the trunk cargo cover so that it is in the open position 4 Remove the bolt extension in the yellow sleeve from the jack and remove the center cap from the wheel mmoOM gt 5 96 5 6 7 Raise the jack to the height shown and lock
203. ght on page 3 42 Fuel on page 5 6 and Filling the Tank on page 5 10 LOW WASHER FLUID This message displays when the vehicle s windshield washer fluid is low Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir to the proper level as soon as possible See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 40 PARKING BRAKE This message displays if the parking brake is left engaged and you try to drive away See Parking Brake on page 2 31 for more information 3 48 POWER STEERING This message displays if a problem has been detected with the electric power steering if your vehicle has this feature Have your vehicle serviced immediately by your dealer retailer SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately SVC Service TIRE MONITOR On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS this message displays if a part on the TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 37 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 71 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer TIRE LEARN ON On vehicles without the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system this message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System
204. gine Oil Life System eceeeeeeeee eens 5 24 Older Children Restraints cccceeeeeeeeees 1 36 Online Owner Center cceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 OnStar PrVa Y sicccceseseeccecge cera sseckasepcadioctvoctes 7 18 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 40 Outlet Adjustment ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeenes 3 28 Outlets Accessory POWET 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 3 19 Outside Convex Mirror ccceceececeeeeee eens eeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Power IMINtOrs iis 2s cakecs ticaeenaiateanchatiiigecaees 2 39 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 39 Owner Checks and Services 0 ccceeeeeeeeeees 6 9 Owners Canadian c ccccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees ii Paint Damage isis ia cscecsdevrseadas Er eSEE 5 107 Parade DIMMING sasscssiccanceccacgatdenieeasiernedcrcatss 3 17 Park Headlamps Off in Park ceeceeeeeeee teeters 3 14 SNIMAO MiO eetere naani n nE E i 2 32 Shifting Out Of 00 eceee eee eee eee a Ea 2 34 Park Brake t cc ccts iaseathnhinewtetadeeanertiaccavencasinas 2 31 Parking Over Things That Burn ceeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 34 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 02 5 3 33 Passenger Sensing System ceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 69 PASSING ainicin anen aE DE Ri 4 11 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer 2 19 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer Operation 2 19 Perchlora
205. gnals flash three times Press and hold 2 for approximately three seconds to sound the panic alarm The horn sounds and the headlamps and turn signals flash for 30 seconds Press amp again to cancel the panic alarm Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer retailer When the replacement transmitter is programmed to the vehicle all remaining transmitters must also be programmed Any lost or stolen transmitters no longer work once the new transmitter is programmed Each vehicle can have up to four transmitters programmed to it Battery Replacement Replace the battery if the KEY FOB BATT LOW message displays in the DIC See KEY FOB BATT LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 Notice When replacing the battery do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter Static from your body could damage the transmitter To replace the battery 1 Separate the transmitter with a flat thin object inserted into the notch on the side 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 2 6 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing up Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery 4 Snap the transmitter back together Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have a remote starting feature This feature allows you to start the engine from outs
206. h From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program E MOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1
207. has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this option which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp every time the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LOCK HORN appears on the display press the enter button to move between ON and OFF default When you have made your choice press the MENU button to record your selection UNLOCK HORN If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this option which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp every time the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When UNLOCK HORN appears on the display press the enter button to move between ON and OFF default When you have made your choice press the MENU button to record your selection LIGHT FLASH If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this option which allows the vehicle s exterior perimeter lighting to flash every time the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed can be enabled or disabled When LIGHT FLASH appears on the display press the enter button to move between OFF and ON default When you have made your choice press the MENU button to record your selection DELAY LOCK The delayed locking option which delays the actual locking of the vehicle can be enabled or disabled When DELAY LOCK appears on the display press the enter button to move between OFF and ON default When you have made your choice press the MENU butt
208. he inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with seat mounted side impact airbags there are airbag modules in the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positions How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 66 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 1 67 What Will You See A
209. he Driver Information Center DIC the remote lock feedback can be programmed to have the horn chirp and or the turn signals flash to confirm locking See LOCK HORN and LIGHT FLASH under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 50 Pressing o may also arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 17 A Unlock Press to unlock the driver door If Ais pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors unlock The interior lamps turn on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the remote unlock feedback can be programmed to have the horn chirp and or the turn signals flash to confirm unlocking See UNLOCK HORN and LIGHT FLASH under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 50 The high beam headlamps parking lamps and back up lamps may turn on when f is pressed See EXT Exterior LIGHTS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 50 Pressing A on the RKE transmitter disarms the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 17 ga Remote Trunk Release Press and hold for approximately one second to open the trunk The trunk will open using the transmitter when the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h when the ignition is off or when the vehicle shift lever is in P Park 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press to locate the vehicle The horn sounds three times and the headlamps and turn si
210. he TPMS learn mode or if communication with the receiver stops or if the time limit has expired turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and start over beginning with Step 2 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems 5 74 TPMS Matching Process for Vehicles without Remote Keyless Entry RKE ils 2 Set the parking brake Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off Using the Driver Information Center DIC press the INFO and Set Reset buttons at the same time for about one second Then press and release the INFO button until the TIRE LEARN message displays Press and hold the Set Reset DIC button for approximately three seconds to start the TPMS learn mode The horn sounds twice to indicate the TPMS receiver is ready and the TIRE LEARN ON message displays The driver side front turn signal also comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Start with the driver side front tire Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for about eight seconds The horn chirp can take up to 30 seconds to sound It chirps one time and then all the turn signals flash one time to confirm the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position The passenger side front turn signal come
211. he correct fluid level is obtained reinstall the dipstick back in all the way 5 32 Cooling System The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature 3 6L V6 Engine shown 2 4L L4 3 5L 3 9L Engines similar A Engine Cooling Fans B Engine Coolant Surge Tank C Pressure Cap A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle Engine Coolant The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant The coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km
212. he opening or closing of the retractable hardtop Always completely open or CAUTION Continued close the retractable hardtop and do not shut off the ignition during the opening or closing of the retractable hardtop To raise the hardtop pull and hold the switch until the cycle is complete 2 48 As the switch is being pulled the hardtop will raise from the trunk and move into place The hardtop and trunk lid will close and latch If the engine is on a chime will sound when the hardtop has raised completely The Driver Information Center DIC will display the TOP MOVE COMPLT message to signal the procedure is complete See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information After the hardtop has raised completely release the switch If you continue to pull the switch for about two seconds after the hardtop has raised completely the windows will automatically close If the switch is released before the hardtop cycle is complete the cycle will stop and the Driver Information Center DIC will display the TOP NOT SECURE message Always pull and hold the switch until a chime sounds if the engine is on and the Driver Information Center DIC displays the TOP MOVE COMPLT to signal the procedure is complete See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information The hardtop will not operate if the vehicle has an electrical failure If an electrical failure occurs see your dealer retailer for s
213. he right side of the steering wheel Move the lever to control the windshield wipers O Off Turns off the windshield wipers SY Intermittent Speed Sensitive Wipers For intermittent or speed sensitive operation The amount of delay time varies between wiping cycles due to the delay setting selected or the speed of the vehicle As vehicle speed is increased or decreased the wiper interval also increases or decreases VY Delay While the lever is in the intermittent position turn the intermittent adjust band with this symbol on it up or down to select a shorter or longer delay between wiping cycles To the left of the adjust band are bars increasing in size from bottom to top that indicate the frequency of the wipes Smaller bars mean the wipers movement is less frequent Larger bars mean the movement is more frequent GD Low Speed For steady wiping at low speed B High Speed For wiping at a high speed W Mist Move the lever all the way down for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then release The wipers stop after one wiping cycle Hold the lever down longer for more wipe cycles Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If they become damaged install new blades Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker stops the motor until it cools If the mo
214. he top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 28 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly A CAUTION Never do this Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt The safety belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A safety belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 37 A CAUTION Never do this Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The child might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go
215. he total gross weight of the vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo carried in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If there are a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in the vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight the vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow If towing a trailer the tongue load must be added to the GVW because the vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 for more information about the vehicle s maximum load capacity 4 32 Using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After loading the trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not adjustments might be made by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on the Vehicle s Tires Be sure the vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires These numbers can be found on the Certification Tire label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Make sure not to go over the GVW limit for the vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why the right hitch is needed Here are some rules to follow The rear
216. he vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something In or the instrument panel a real vehicle it could be the windshield Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down Q If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear safety belts A Airbags are supplemental systems only so they or the safety belts work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Q If I am a good driver and never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are ina crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such a
217. hicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park on page 2 32 If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 30 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have a manual rearview mirror with the OnStar system Control buttons for the OnStar system are at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer retailer for more information on the OnStar system and how to subscribe to OnStar Also see OnStar System on page 2 40 for more information about the services OnStar provides Adjust the mirror to see clearly behind your vehicle Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you Move the lever to the right for nighttime use and to the left for daytime use Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror with a compass display and or OnStar controls For mo
218. his helps maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time 5 46 Jump Starting If the vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly
219. hold until a beep sounds to eject multiple CDs EJECTING ALL CDS displays with the single CD symbol flashing The CD symbol flashes until a CD is ready to be removed When the CD is ready to be removed it ejects part way from the radio and the display changes to a flashing REMOVE CD with the single CD symbol flashing until the CD is removed If the CD is not removed within 25 seconds the radio pulls it back in After the CD is removed the radio repeats the previous actions until all of the CDs have been removed or a CD is pulled back in 3 61 Playing a Specific Loaded CD For every CD loaded a number appears on the display To play a specific CD press the numbered pushbutton that corresponds to the CD to be played A small bar appears under the CD number that is playing and the track number displays If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section lt lt Fast Reverse Press and hold to reverse quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release to play the passage Depending on the radio T track number the elapsed time and REV displays b gt Fast Forward Press and hold to advance quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release to play the passage Depending on the radio T the elapsed time and FWD displays RPT Repeat With repeat one track or an entire CD can be repeated To use repeat e To replay a track press and release the RPT button REPEAT
220. ide the vehicle It may also start the vehicle s heating or air conditioning systems and rear window defogger When the remote start system is active and the vehicle has an automatic climate control system it will automatically regulate the inside temperature Normal operation of the system will return after the ignition key is turned to ON RUN Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel The remote start feature provides two separate starts per ignition cycle each with 10 minutes of engine running time The remote start feature needs to be reset after your vehicle s engine is started two times using the transmitter s remote start button To reset the remote start feature insert the vehicle s key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON RUN See gnition Positions on page 2 21 for information regarding the ignition positions on your vehicle If your vehicle has the remote start feature the RKE transmitter functions will have an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entr
221. if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training If a jack is provided with the vehicle it is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack If a jack is provided with the vehicle only use it for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely 5 85 Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid furth
222. ild Within the Child Restraint A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint 1 45 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding ina forward facing child seat an older child riding ina booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position CAUTION Continued 1 46 CAUTION Continued Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe
223. in Park 3 14 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 33 Delayed Headlamps eee Charging System Light eeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 34 Daytime Running Lamps DRL o hake 3 14 Brake System Warning Light settee Sreeeeeee 3 34 Automatic Headlamp System 00 c0cccee 3 15 es Peara Y arning Light 3 35 FOG LAMPS eie EEEE e R ERRES 3 15 Warming Light y 3 36 Instrument Panel Brightness 00ccceeeeees 3 16 ES are Sea a xptah Senin eases i Traction Control System TCS e E a IAS KO a Active Light s s s 3 36 et a ae StabiliTrak Not Ready Light 0cccceee 3 36 Parade Dimming cccccscscsceseseeseseseseeeeseeees 3 17 StabiliTrak Indicator Light 0 ceeee 3 36 Reading Lamps cccccsccscscesseseseeseseseeseseeseees 3 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 3 37 Trunk Lamp a7 Tire Pressure Light isinne 3 37 Electric Power Management 02 0000e 3 17 See oe ee LAMP cistine S Battery Run Down Protection 3 18 Pe TESSUTS DIJME eriirsriissepieitanipi tuena iniii Section 3 Instrument Panel SECUN LIJA sirere aiae 3 41 Cruise Control Light sirissiissiorisisri iniaa 3 41 Highbeam On Light eeeeeeeee teense eee ees 3 41 F el Gage ienee anane a Ean 3 42 Low Fuel Warning Light sircssarsceriirerirenisirn 3 42 Driver Information Center DIC 0 3 42 DIC Operation and Displays
224. in before the first 10 minute time frame has ended the first 10 minutes will immediately expire and the second 10 minute time frame will start The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if any of the follow occur e The remote start system is disabled through the DIC e The vehicle s key is in the ignition e The vehicle s hood is open e The hazard warning flashers are on e The check engine light is on See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 38 e The engine coolant temperature is too high e The oil pressure is low e Two remote vehicle starts have already been used for that ignition cycle Vehicles that have the remote vehicle start feature are shipped from the factory with the remote start system enabled The system may be enabled or disabled through the DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 50 for additional information Remote Start Ready If your vehicle does not have the remote vehicle start feature it may have the remote start ready feature This feature allows your dealer retailer to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature If the RKE transmitter has a plus symbol on the back cover your vehicle has the remote start ready feature See your dealer retailer if you would like to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature to your vehicle Doors and Locks Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especial
225. iner 005 5 12 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 12 Hood Release inoa iena 5 13 Engine Compartment Overview 5 14 Engine Oll sestren aea e E steams 5 21 Engine Oil Life System eeeeeeeeee e ees 5 24 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 3 5 L VG ENGINE ramias oiean 5 26 Engine Air Cleaner Filter All Other Engines 5 27 Automatic Transmission Fluid 2 4L L4 3 5L and 3 6L V6 Engines 5 29 Automatic Transmission Fluid 3 9L ENQGING iarri sunnet o aa as 5 29 Cooling Systemi ccccecceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeese eens 5 32 Engine Coolant sii cccccaceteniccdeetece ct denen sttan cag cends 5 33 Pressure Cab sc cai cscs oiin oiner aun iae ub nbadae sands 5 37 Engine Overheating c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 37 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 39 Power Steering Fluid seeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 39 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeeeee eee es 5 40 BlaKGS ssnatscsanenarmeanncasacunmadna IEA AN 5 42 Battery oceans eea r EENS 5 45 JUMP Starling ssrt hnnn ierd ani aio 5 46 Headlamp Aiming o 5 51 Bulb Replacement annn 5 51 Halogen BUDS wiici cieciaeteseccucetcaveies nesgeceesectvenes 5 51 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps seecercesisnsirmcisinnni 5 52 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Sedam caseciniatageinsactoiiaetennticiam AE EIN 5 53 5 1 Section 5 C
226. ing the retractable hardtop Open the trunk and make sure the cargo cover is secure and no objects are in contact with the cover See Trunk on page 2 12 Lowering the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 44 and Raising the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 47 for more information CHECK GAS CAP This message displays if the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to make sure that it is on properly A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the message off CHECK TIRE PRESS Pressure On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS this message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 59 Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 43 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 37 DOOR AJAR This message displays if one or more of the vehicle s doors are not closed properly Make sure that the door s are closed completely ENGINE DISABLED This message displays if the starting of the engine is disabled Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately ENG
227. ing sunroof The ignition must be on or aS in the accessory position or Retained Accessory w Power RAP must be active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 22 The switch used to operate the sunroof is located in the overhead console To open or close the sunroof press and hold the front or rear of the switch 2 43 Sunshade Operation The sunshade will open automatically when opening the sunroof However it can manually be pulled shut after the sunroof is closed To adjust the sunshade push it backward or pull it forward to the desired position The sunshade cannot be adjusted further than the current closed position of the sunroof Notice If you force the sunshade forward of the sliding glass panel damage will occur and the sunroof may not open or close properly Always close the glass panel before closing the sunshade Do not leave the sunroof open for long periods of time Debris can collect in the tracks and possibly damage the sunroof operation and plug the water draining system Retractable Hardtop The following procedures explain the proper operation of the retractable hardtop The retractable hardtop will not operate if the trunk cargo cover is not in place If the retractable hardtop is lowered or raised multiple times the engine should be running while doing so to prevent drain on the vehicle s battery 2 44 Lowering the Retractable Hardtop Notice Leaving the retractable hardto
228. ion does not apply for XM Satellite Radio Service RDS Messages ALERT Alert warns of local or national emergencies When an alert announcement comes on the current radio station ALERT displays The announcement is heard even if the volume is low or a CD is playing If a CD is playing play stops during the announcement Alert announcements cannot be turned off ALERT is not affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system This feature is not supported by all RDS stations MSG Message If the current station has a message MSG displays Press this button to see the message The message can display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message appears every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release the MSG button A new group of words display after every press of this button Once the complete message has displayed MSG disappears from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the MSG button The last message can be viewed until a new message or the radio is turned to a different station When a message is not available from a station NO MESSAGE displays MSG or TRAF Traffic If TRAFFIC displays the tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements If the current tuned station does not broadcast traffic announcements press and hold this button for two seconds and the radi
229. ional Vehicle Towing seeeeeeeeeee 4 26 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation Remote Vehicle Start Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Sparer Tire vase itkecensa ccn cuteaedeerand nE E Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Replacement Bulbs Replacement Parts Maintenance Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government 6eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees General Motors United States Government eeeeeeeee eee Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash eiropas erran E a EERE EEE Retained Accessory POWer oscene Retractable Hardtop Lowering Raising Roadside Assistance Program e eeeeeeeeeeneeeee tense es Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out Routing Engine Drive Belt Running the Vehicle While Parked 4 Safety Belt Reminders c cceeeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 3 31 Safety Belts CANE Of Sec ses woes searre i E base 5 104 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 19 Lap Shoulder Belt ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneea ees 1 28 Safety Belt Extender ccceceeeeeeeeeeen eee 1 35 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 35 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 1 14 Safety Warnings and Symbols 0c0eeeeeee iii Scheduled Maintenance c cceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 6 4 Seatback Latche
230. ipment and it has to be used properly The following information has many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for the safety of the driver and the passengers So please read this section carefully before pulling a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transmission axles wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements Pulling A Trailer Here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure the rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1600 km the new vehicle is driven The engine transmission or other parts could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that a trailer is towed do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of the vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not dr
231. irements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle
232. is can take several days of routine driving If this has been done and the vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD II system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 40 Oil Pressure Light A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low The engine can become so hot that it catches fire Someone could be burned Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light comes on briefly while starting the engine If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly The vehicle could be low on oil and it might have some other system problem Security Light f For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 17 Cruise Control Light The cruise control light comes on whenever the y cruise control is set The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are i
233. itional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 43 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 Your vehicle s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 76 and Tires on page 5 59 Notice Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty Do not use liquid tire sealants 5 71 TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainde
234. ive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on the vehicle s parts e Do not tow a trailer when the outside temperature is above 100 F 38 C Three important considerations have to do with weight e the weight of the trailer e the weight of the trailer tongue e and the total weight on the vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 lbs 454 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how the rig is used For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight Ask your dealer retailer for trailering information or advice or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 6 for more information 4 31 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects t
235. ividual window Once power is restored 1 Close the door 2 Raise the window by pulling the power window switch up 3 Hold the window switch up for two seconds after the window is closed Release the switch Then hold the switch up again for two seconds 4 Lower the window all the way down Hold the switch down for two seconds 5 Repeat the procedure for each window including the rear quarter windows on retractable hardtop models until all windows are initialized 2 16 Express Down Window The express down feature lowers the window all the way without continuously pressing the AUTO switch On sedan and retractable hardtop models the driver s window has the express down feature On coupe models both the driver s and front passenger window have the express down feature The front passenger express down is activated by the driver s side switch only Press the front of the switch all the way down and release it to express open the window To stop the window while it is lowering pull the front of the switch up briefly Window Lockout Sedan Only O Window Lockout This button prevents the rear passengers from using their window switches The window lockout button is located near the driver s power window switches The driver can still operate all the windows and the front passenger can operate their own window with the lockout on Press the right side of the switch to turn the lockout feature on Press the left side t
236. jury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan 5 35 2 Keep turning the pressure cap slowly AG ROPEW g and remove it Ox A CAUTION RESERVOIR D EXPANSION 105 kPa Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are 5 under pressure and if you turn the surge tank manad Pa S ouypie pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the FULL COLD mark Wait about five minutes and then check to see if the level is below the mark If no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as If the level is below the FULL COLD mark add follows additional coolant to bring the level up to the mark 1 Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when Repeat this procedure until the level remains the cooling system including the coolant surge constant at the FULL COLD mark for at least tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no five minutes longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about two or two and one half turns If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose 5 36 4 With
237. k release system The shift lock release is designed to e Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in P Park with the shift lever button fully released and e Prevent movement of the shift lever out of P Park unless the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 46 for more information To shift out of P Park use the following 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position 2 34 If you still are unable to shift out of P Park 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still cannot move the shift lever from P Park consult your dealer retailer Parking Over Things That Burn A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death
238. kg force ona person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint 1 40 A CAUTION Never do this Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Never put a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat Secure a rear facing child restraint in a rear seat It is also better to secure a forward facing child restraint in a rear seat If you must secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available
239. kle and return the safety belt to its stowed position Sedan Models If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat see Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 46 Depending on where you place the child restraint you may not be able to access certain safety belt assemblies or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints You cannot secure three child restraints using the LATCH anchors in the rear seat at the same time but you can install two of them If you want to do this install one LATCH child restraint in the passenger side position and install the other one either in the driver s side position or in the center position Refer to the following illustration to learn which anchors to use Sedan A Passenger s Side Rear Seat Lower Anchors B Center Rear Seat Lower Anchors C Drivers Side Rear Seat Lower Anchors Make sure to attach the child restraint at the proper anchor location 1 53 This system is designed to make installation of child restraints easier When using lower anchors do not use the vehicle s safety belts Instead use the vehicle s anchors and child restraint attachments to secure the restraints Some restraints also use another vehicle anchor to secure a top tether Sedan Coupe and Retractable Hardtop Models 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating positio
240. l 3 to 5 inches 8 to 13 cm about one eighth turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to the vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the
241. l Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 21 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 21 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 33 Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 32 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 42 Battery on page 5 45 K Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 40 Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 112 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level 5 21 When to Add Engine Oil L4 Engine eS O O OX sis sae ZB V6 Engine If the oil is below the MIN mark for the L4 engine or below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick for the V6 engine add at least one quart liter of the recomm
242. l nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 86 for more information 5 83 Used Replacement Wheels Tire Chains A CAUTION A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on the vehicle is dangerous Do not use tire chains there is not enough You cannot know how it has been used or how clearance far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly re adjust or remove the device if is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires 5 84 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially
243. l on page 5 21 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 33 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect the vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 86 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 76 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 31 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in P Park or N Neutral If the vehicle s
244. l system See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 for more information Traction Control System TCS Active Light This light will appear when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin TC Slippery road conditions may exist if this light appears so adjust your driving accordingly The light will stay on for a few seconds after the traction control system stops limiting wheel spin See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 for more information 3 36 StabiliTrak Not Ready Light Q For vehicles with the StabiliTrak system this light comes on if there is a problem detected with the StabiliTrak system oss This light also comes on when the StabiliTrak system is turned off For more information see StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 StabiliTrak Indicator Light For vehicles with the StabiliTrak system this light comes on when the StabiliTrak system is activated ee For more information see StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage United States Canada This gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves into the red area the light comes on and a chime sounds the engine is too hot It means that the engine coolant has overheated See Engine Overheating on page 5 37 Tire Pressure Light For vehicles with a tire pressure light this light comes on briefly when the engine is started and e provides infor
245. le Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 1 48 Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations 2 Top Tether An
246. ll light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger frontal and seat mounted side impact airbags If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag are enabled may inflate If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal and seat mounted side impact airbag If after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 32 for more information including important safety information 3 33 Charging System Light This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to start but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The light should go out once the engine starts If it stays on or comes on while driving there could be a pr
247. ll vehicles first sold in Canada The vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel that controls the DRL Do not cover this sensor or the head lamps will be on when they are not needed The DRL system makes the low beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e The exterior lamps control is in AUTO e The exterior lamps control is in the parking lamps only position This applies only to vehicles that are first sold in Canada e The light sensor detects daytime light e The parking brake is released or the vehicle is not in P Park When the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps parking lamps and instrument panel lights are not on unless you turn the exterior lamps control to the parking lamp position The regular headlamp system should be turned on when they are needed Automatic Headlamp System When it is dark enough outside the automatic headlamp system turns on the headlamps at the normal brightness along with other lamps such as the taillamps sidemarker parking lamps and the instrument panel lights The radio lights will also be dim The vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel that controls the automatic headlamp system Do not cover the sensor or the automatic headlamp system will turn on when it is not needed There is a delay in the transition between the daytime and nighttime operation of the DRL and
248. lock all doors automatically when the following are met All doors are closed e The ignition is on e The shift lever is moved out of P Park This feature cannot be disabled If someone needs to exit the vehicle once the doors are locked have that person use the manual lock knob or power door unlock switch Programmable Automatic Door Unlock Your vehicle was programmed at the factory to unlock when the shift lever is moved to P Park You can change the settings of the programmable automatic door unlock feature through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 50 Rear Door Security Locks Rear door security locks prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door The rear doors must be opened to access them To assist in finding the lock the vehicle will have one of the following SG To use these locks 1 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position 2 Close the door 3 Do the same for the other rear door To open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter if the vehicle has one the power door lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock 1 Unlock the
249. lps prevent engine damage In this mode there is a significant loss in power and engine performance The temperature gage indicates an overheat condition exists Driving extended distances and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 21 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for reservoir location 5 39 When to Check Power Steering Fluid Power steering fluid is used in all vehicles with V6 engines Vehicles with the 4 cylinder engine have electric power steering and do not use power steering fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless a leak is suspected in the system or an unusual noise is heard A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 5 40 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid lev
250. ls and services you will have access to e My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area e My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM dealers retailers e My Driveway Access quick links to parts and service estimates check trade in values or schedule a service appointment by adding the vehicles you own to your driveway profile e My Preferences Manage your profile and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up visit the My GM Canada section within www gm ca Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanis
251. ly children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle From the outside use your key or if your vehicle has one the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Turn the key counterclockwise to unlock the door Turn the key clockwise to lock the door From the inside use the manual lock knobs or the power lock switches Power Door Locks The power door lock switches are located on the driver s and front passenger s door Press the outboard side of the switch to unlock all doors Press the inboard side of the switch to lock all doors The rear doors do not have power door lock switches Rear seat passengers must use the manual lock knob on their doors Door Ajar Reminder A chime will sound and the DOOR AJAR message will display if one of the doors is not f
252. m Active ee 3 36 Traction Control System TCS Warning 3 36 Lighting ENUVEXIU saaden e EF 3 16 Parade DIMMING essnsisiarersodais ona 3 17 DIGI egs aae a e a aaa dadn 3 13 FlashAo PaSS siscicsciscutiacadeeeiawenerieegcnnctsasmaneens 3 8 High Low Beam Changer 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 8 On Reminder senenn aaa 3 13 Loading Your Vehicle eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 20 Lockout Protection sss tscccccck nennsceteanenaereeneeca canes 2 11 Locks Automatic Door LOCK ccceceeeneeeeeeaeeeees 2 10 Delayed LOCKING sinsin s 2 10 DOGE ne aE E 24 teanesdiatenasdamantaad AR 2 9 Lockout Protection ccccccceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenees 2 11 POWER DOOP vsvsiteiesarceveadadgiedsavis A RRA 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS 0 seeeeeeeee ees 2 11 Loss Of Control ccccceceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 4 11 Low Fuel Warning Light ceeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 42 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 48 Lowering the Retractable Hardtop 0008 2 44 Lumbar Manual Controls ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 1 5 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ceeeeeeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill cccseiceStcsccieeseeweatendenfadave axakiee 6 9 At Least Once a Month ccccceeeee ee ee ee 6 10 At Least Once a Year cccc cece ecee ee ee ee ee eens 6 10 INTOG
253. mation about tire pressures and the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is On Steady This indicates that one or more of the tires is significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC can accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information Stop and check the tires as soon as it is safe to do so If a tire is underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 59 for more information When the Light Flashes First and Then is On Steady This indicates that there could be a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System The light flashes for about a minute and stays on steady for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence repeats with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 69 for more information 3 37 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It ensures that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment This light should come on when the ignition is on but the engine is not running as a check to show it working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the check engine light comes on and stays on while the engine is running this indicates that
254. ment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only 3 19 Climate Controls Climate Control System The heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system For vehicles with the remote start feature the climate control system functions as part of the remote start feature See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 A Fan Control D Air Conditioning B Recirculation E Temperature Outside Air Control C Air Delivery F Rear Window Mode Control Defogger 3 20 8 Fan Control Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed The fan must be on to run the air conditioning compressor Temperature Control Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle When it is cold outside 0 F 18 C or lower use the engine coolant heater if the vehicle has one to quickly provide warmer air An engine coolant heater warms coolant that the engine uses to warm the inside of the
255. meone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle The vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so the trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer The arrows on the instrument panel flash whenever signaling a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps also flash telling other drivers the vehicle is turning changing lanes or stopping When towing a trailer the arrows on the instrument panel flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out For this reason you may think other drivers are seeing the signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving on Grades Notice Do not tow on steep continuous grades exceeding 6 miles 9 6 km Extended higher than normal engine and transmission temperatures may result and damage the vehicle Frequent stops are very important to allow the engine and transmission to cool Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade If the transmission is not shifted down the brakes might have to be used so much that they would get hot and no longer wo
256. message will appear for three seconds or until the next button is pressed This will tell you the system has been reset See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 50 4 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF If the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start the vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Recycle it by taking it toa place that collects used oil 5 25 Engine Air Cleaner Filter How to Inspect the Engine Air 3 5 L V6 Engine Cleaner Filter r See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for When to Inspect the Engine Air the location of the engine air cleaner filter Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval
257. mp assembly out of the vehicle Assistance may be needed with this step to avoid possible damage to the vehicle 4 Pull the headlamp assembly away from the fender to release the ball stud from the retainer in the fender bracket 5 Remove the bulb access cover by turning it counterclockwise 5 52 6 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out the bulb assembly 7 Disconnect the bulb socket from the wiring harness for headlamps For the front turn signal parking or sidemarker bulbs unclip the bulb from the socket 8 Install a new bulb Turn the bulb access cover clockwise to reinstall it 10 Push the headlamp assembly back into the vehicle making sure to align the ball stud into its retainer 11 Push the front fascia back into its original location 12 Reinstall the plastic push pins on the top of the tire bar 13 Reinstall the two screws that secure the headlamp assembly Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Sedan To replace a center high mounted stoplamp CHMSL bulb 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 2 Locate the center high mounted stoplamp CHMSL on the inside of the trunk lid 3 Disconnect the wiring harness Wey et E PACS 4 Remove the cover by pressing the tabs at either end with a tool 5 Remove the bulb by turning it counterclockwise 6 Turn the bulb clockwise to install it 7 Reinstall the cover and reconnect the wiring harnes
258. n If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate the vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel location The sensors are matched to the tire wheel locations in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure When increasing the tire s pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key You have two minutes to match each tire and wheel position If it takes longer than two minutes to match any tire and wheel position the matching process stops and you need to start over TPMS Matching Process for Vehicles with Remote Keyless Entry RKE 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 3 Press and hold the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s l
259. n does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 1 54 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint raise it See Head Restraints on page 1 2 2 3 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts If the position you are using h
260. n about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle 5 79 Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 78 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 for additional information 5 80 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature pe
261. n the edge of the plastic wheel trim to remove it from the wheel to find the wheel nuts Store the wheel cover in the trunk until the flat is repaired or replaced 5 89 4 Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet 5 90 5 Position the lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire Make sure all of the jack lift head is touching the jacking flange under the body Do not place the jack under a body panel The lower body panel has an arrow to aid in locating the jacking location 6 Put the compact spare tire near the flat tire being changed A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the compact spare tire to fit underneath the wheel well 5 91 8 Remove all of the wheel nuts 9 Remove the flat tire 10 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 5 92 A CAUTION R
262. n use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 for more information 3 41 Fuel Gage Canada United States The fuel gage shows how much fuel the vehicle has left when the ignition is on See Low Fuel Warning Light on page 3 42 for more information An arrow on the fuel gage indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on Low Fuel Warning Light This light on the fuel gage comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel To turn if off add fuel to the fuel tank 3 42 Driver Information Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC provides the following e A way to personalize your vehicle e Trip information e Warning messages Canada United States The buttons used to activate the DIC are located on the left side of the vehicle s audio system INFO Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information mode displays MENU Press this button to enter and scroll through the menu mode ENTER Enter Press this button to select a menu option or to acknowledge a warning message The DIC messages will be read through your audio system display DIC Operation and Displays The DIC comes on when the ignition is on If your vehicle has the uplevel audio system the time and outside temperature is shown on the first line of the display and the DIC information is shown on the second line of the display The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pres
263. nd then vacuum To clean 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet 5 103 Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of the leather and are not recommen
264. ng a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 40 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID t
265. ng before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while shifting and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If the vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 4 20 Loading the Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on the vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Vehicle Certification label A CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label The Tire and Loading Information label lists the M AT ON REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed hx koe kg or A Ibs number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilog
266. ng properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing Q id system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 69 If you have any questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have question
267. ng to the next lower gear if the engine RPM is too high If the vehicle does not respond to a gear change or detects a problem with the transmission the range of gears may be reduced and the Malfunction Indicator Lamp will come on See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 38 for more information 2 29 Driver Shift Control DSC To use this feature 1 Move the shift lever from DRIVE D rearward to MANUAL M While driving in manual mode the transmission will remain in the driver selected gear When coming to a stop in the manual position the vehicle will automatically shift into FIRST 1 gear d LP J 2 Press the plus paddle located on top of the steering wheel controls forward to upshift or push the backside of the shift paddle rearward to downshift 2 30 The Driver Information Center DIC in the instrument cluster will change from the currently displayed message to the letter M For MANUAL position and a number indicating the requested gear range when moving the shift lever forward or rearward While using the DSC feature the transmission will have firmer shifting and sportier performance You can use this for sport driving or when climbing hills to stay in gear longer or to downshift for more power or engine braking The transmission will only allow you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine revolutions per minute RPM e The transmission will not automatically
268. niierrednnnne i anairen 3 30 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back Up Lamps cccecccrceennn 5 54 5 55 5 56 TGS Active Light svccisiswcds ecerteccnse casei tiem ances 3 36 TCS Warning Light ccceeeeeeeeee eee eee eeeeeee es 3 36 Theft Deterrent Radio ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 3 68 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeneeeeee eres 2 17 Theft Deterrent Systems cont Content Theft Deterrent cceeeeeee eee eeeee 2 17 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer 2 19 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer OPCFATION roeien nEn 2 19 Tit Wheelin naa a E TEE r N 3 6 Time Setting secina atia 3 53 Tire Pressure Lights vicsccssetsaccagaenicess inasin 3 37 TIFOS siecccncsiadevnertaveeeens iu cecensanendessevenes sees teeeentan 5 59 Aluminum Wheels Cleaning 0 066 5 107 Buying New TIES iccosninwdnanedtassnencenteomnenees 5 78 CAINS oa tac cnsadeicaic dace oie hdoanie chien ast E EEN 5 84 Changing a Flat Tire sssrini seana semiesi eee eens 5 86 Cleaning siceraria 5 107 Compact Spare Tire eressiiorneirris orense 5 101 Different Size 0 cece cece eee eeeeeeeeen eee een ees 5 80 High Speed Operation ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 68 If a Tire Goes Flat 1 2 0 eniran munek 5 85 Inflation Tire Pressure 2 0 cece eeee eee ee eee eens 5 67 Inspection and Rotation c eceeeeeeeee es 5 76 Installing the Spare Tire ceeee
269. no longer engaged To return to the previously set speed you do not need to go through the set process again Once at a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES symbol briefly This takes the vehicle back up and maintains the previously chosen speed Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed e If the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES symbol Hold it there until the speed desired is reached and then release the button e To increase the vehicle speed in very small amounts press the RES symbol briefly and then release it Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already engaged e Push and hold the SET symbol until the lower speed desired is reached then release it e To slow down in very small amounts push the SET symbol briefly Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal
270. nol on page 5 8 In all other engines use only the unleaded gasoline described under Gasoline Octane on page 5 7 Gasoline Octane If the vehicle has the 2 4L L4 engine VIN Code B the 3 5L V6 engine VIN Code K the 3 5L V6 engine VIN Code N or the 3 9L V6 engine VIN Code 1 use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service If the vehicle has the 3 6L V6 engine VIN Code 7 use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher For best performance or trailer towing you could choose to use middle grade 89 octane unleaded gasoline If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopent
271. nough You or others could be burned and the vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system Notice e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine When the brake fluid falls to a low level the BRAKE FLUID message in the Driver Information Center DIC displays See DIC Warnings and Messages on oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage page 3 46 brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they What to Add will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid from a sealed container See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area careful not to spill brake fluid on the vehicle around the cap before removing it This helps keep If you do wash it off immediately See Washing dirt from entering the reservoir Your Vehicle on page 5 105 5 43 Brake Wear This vehicle has disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time the vehicle is moving except when applying the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear wa
272. nufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt Older Children until the child passes the below fit test e Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 28 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat e Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return Older children who have outgrown booster seats should to the booster seat Wear the venice s sarety DEIS e If you have the choice a child should sit in a position with a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide 1 36 Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching t
273. o brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 118 for the wheel nut torque specification Do not try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare tire It will not fit Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your vehicle s compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare the cover or the spare could be damaged 5 93 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Storing a Flat Tire and Tools All Models Except GXP and Retractable Hardtop A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in 3 Collapse the wrench using the same button used to the proper place extend it 4 Attach the wrench to the jack by placing the tab on the wrench into the hole on the side of the jack Then place the wrench handle over the tab on the side of the jack To store the flat tire and jack in the compact spare tire compartment 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 2 Remove the bolt extension in the yellow sleeve from the jack and remove the center cap from the wheel 5 94 5 Raise the jack to the height shown and lock the wrench onto the jack An outline of the jack showing the proper hei
274. o close to the vehicle in front of you there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even with ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work The antilock pump or motor might be heard operating and the brake pedal might be felt to pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help more than even the very best braking StabiliTrak System The vehicle may have the StabiliTrak system which combines antilock brake traction and stability control systems and helps the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in most driving conditions StabiliTrak activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to help steer the vehicle in the intended direction This symbol will appear when the StabiliTrak system is activated f ee When you first start the vehicle and begin to drive away the system performs several diagnostic checks to ensure there are no problems The system may be heard or felt while it is working This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle This light is located on the instrument panel
275. o into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the steering Sal wheel On Off Press this button to turn the cruise control system on and off RES Resume Press this button to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press this button to set a speed and to decrease the speed amp Cancel Press this button to cancel cruise control To set a speed do the following 1 Press the on off symbol to turn cruise control on The indicator light on the button comes on 2 Get to the speed you want 3 Press the SET symbol and release it The cruise symbol displays in the instrument panel cluster to show the system is engaged 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal When the brakes are applied the cruise control shuts off If the vehicle is in cruise control and the Traction Control System TCS or Enhanced Traction System ETS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control automatically disengages See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 When road conditions allow the cruise control can be used again Resuming a Set Speed Suppose the cruise control is set at a desired speed and the brakes are applied This disengages the cruise control The cruise symbol in the instrument panel cluster also goes out indicating cruise is
276. o release the parking brake Shifting Into Park A CAUTION 1 Hold the brake pedal down 2 Pull the parking brake handle up until you can press the release button 3 Hold the release button in as you move the brake handle all the way down It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if Notice Driving with the parking brake on can the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking overheat the brake system and cause premature brake firmly set The vehicle can roll If you have left wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly that the parking brake is fully released and the brake You or others could be injured To be sure the warning light is off before driving vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly If you are towing a trailer and you are parking on a hill level ground use the steps that follow If you are see Towing a Trailer on page 4 30 pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 30 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 31 for more information 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by holding in the button on the shift lever and pushing the shift lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand the vehicle is in P Park 2 32 Leaving the Vehicle with
277. o seeks to a station that does When a station that broadcasts traffic announcements is found the radio stops seeking and TRAF in brackets displays When a traffic announcement broadcasts on the tuned radio station you will hear it If no station is found that broadcasts traffic announcements NO TRAFFIC INFO displays If TRAF is on the display press and hold the MSG or TRAF button for two seconds to turn off the traffic announcements The radio plays the traffic announcement even if the volume is low The radio interrupts the play of a CD if the last tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements This function does not apply to XM Satellite Radio Service Radio Messages CALIBRATE The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If CALIBRATE displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for the vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer retailer for service LOCKED This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you s
278. o turn it off The red part of the switch is visible when you have returned to normal window operation Sun Visors Swing down the visors to block glare The visors can be removed from the center mount and swung to the side It can be moved along the rod from side to side in this position also Your vehicle may have lighted vanity mirrors on the driver s and passenger s visors When you lift the cover the light will turn on Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities This vehicle has theft deterrent features however they do not make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle may have a content theft deterrent alarm system f Arming the System With the ignition off press the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter lock button to arm the system The system will arm 30 seconds after all the doors are closed or 60 seconds with any door open If you press the lock button on the transmitter a second time while all the doors are closed the system will arm immediately The system will still arm in 60 seconds if a door is open When the open door is closed the system will arm The security light located on the instrument panel cluster comes on to indicate that arming has been initiated Once the system is armed the security light flashes once every three seconds If the security light is flashing twice per second this means that a door is open If
279. oblem with the charging system This light could indicate that there are problems with a generator drive belt or that there is an electrical problem Have it checked right away If the vehicle must be driven a short distance with the light on turn off accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 3 34 Brake System Warning Light The vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop the vehicle For good braking both parts need to be working If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have the brake system inspected right away BRAKE T United States Canada This light should come on briefly when the engine is started If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light also comes on when the parking brake is set The light will stay on if the parking brake does not fully release If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released it means there is a brake problem A CAUTION The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped have the vehicle towed for service If the light comes on while driving pull off the road and
280. ock and unlock buttons at the same time for about five seconds to start the TPMS learn mode The horn sounds twice indicating the TPMS receiver is ready and in learn mode 4 Start with the driver side front tire The driver side front turn signal also comes on to indicate that corner s sensor is ready to be learned 5 Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for about eight seconds The horn chirp can take up to 30 seconds to sound It chirps one time and then all the turn signals flash one time to confirm the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position 5 73 10 11 The passenger side front turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The passenger side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The driver side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 After hearing the single horn chirp for the driver side rear tire two additional horn chirps sound to indicate the tire learning process is done Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If no tires are learned after entering t
281. oecetiensai caters 6 9 Maintenance Requirements ccecce 6 2 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 6 10 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year accessere 6 10 Using the Maintenance Schedule 00 6 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 13 Scheduled Maintenance ccseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Maintenance Replacement Parts 04 6 14 Additional Required Services c eeeeeeee ee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing cece 6 15 Maintenance Footnotes ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ens 6 17 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements the vehicle warranties See the Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep this vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition but also h
282. ommended to remove particles from the upholstery It is important to keep the upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible The vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to home furnishings may also transfer color to the vehicle s interior When cleaning the vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth 5 102 Notice Using abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on the vehicle could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on the vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in the vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning the vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening the vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft
283. on and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include e Allow extra following distance e Pass with caution e Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape e Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires
284. on Centre at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you can file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in
285. on page 5 59 e Turn off cruise control Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include e Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape e Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission e Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none
286. on to record your selection AUTO UNLK Unlock The automatic door unlocking option which allows the vehicle to automatically unlock certain doors can be enabled or disabled When AUTO UNLK appears on the display press the enter button to move between ALL default DRIVER or NONE When you have made your choice press the MENU button to record your selection See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 10 for more information UNLK Unlock This screen displays only if DRIVER or ALL is selected for the AUTO UNLK option This option determines when the automatic door unlocking will occur when either the key is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shifted into P Park When UNLK appears on the display press the enter button to move between KEY OFF and SHIFT TO P Park default When you have made your choice press the MENU button to record your selection See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 10 for more information 3 51 EXT Exterior LIGHTS If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this option which allows the vehicle s exterior perimeter lighting to turn on each time the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When EXT LIGHTS appears on the display press the enter button to move between ON default and OFF When you have made your choice press the MENU button to record your selection LANGUAGE To select your choice of language press the enter button to mov
287. onitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to tri
288. ontrol system warning light comes on The StabiliTrak system will stay on Press the TCS button again to turn the system back on The traction control system warning light will go off Press and hold the TCS button and the StabiliTrak system and the traction control system will turn off Press the TCS button again to turn StabiliTrak and the traction control system back on For more information see StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 When the system is off the Traction Control System warning light will come on and stay on If the Traction Control System is limiting wheel spin and the button is pressed to turn the system off the warning light will come on and the system will stop limiting wheel spin The system will not provide traction assistance until the system is turned back on Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect the vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 for more information Steering Electric Power Steering If the vehicle has the electric power steering system and the engine stalls while driving the power steering assist system will continue to operate until you are able to stop the vehicle If power steering assist is lost because the electric power steering system is not functioning the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort If you turn the steering wheel in either direction several times until it stops or hold the steering wheel in the stopped position for
289. or a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings 5 66 are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 80 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing e Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attache
290. or closing of the retractable hardtop Always completely open or close the retractable hardtop and do not shut off the ignition during the opening or closing of the retractable hardtop 2 45 4 The hardtop switch is located on the headliner To lower the hardtop press and hold the switch rearward until the cycle is complete 2 46 The windows and trunk lid will open The hardtop will automatically lower and the trunk lid will close and latch If the engine is on a chime will sound when the hardtop has lowered completely The Driver Information Center DIC will display TOP MOVE COMPLT See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information After the hardtop has lowered completely release the switch If you continue to press the switch for about two seconds after the hardtop has completely lowered the windows will automatically close If pressure is released from the switch before the hardtop cycle is complete the cycle will stop and the Driver Information Center DIC will display the TOP NOT SECURE message Always press and hold the switch until a chime sounds if the engine is on and the Driver Information Center DIC displays the TOP MOVE COMPLT to signal the procedure is complete See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information The hardtop will not operate if the vehicle has an electrical failure If an electrical failure occurs see your dealer retailer for service If your vehicl
291. ore data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired duri
292. oulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way 1 21 Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 1 22 A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Q what is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you 1 23 Q What is wrong with this
293. ow severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall 1 66 e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For modera
294. p down and exposing the interior of the vehicle to outdoor conditions may cause damage Always close the retractable hardtop if leaving the vehicle outdoors Notice Lowering the top if it is damp wet or dirty can cause stains mildew and damage to the inside of your vehicle Dry off the top before lowering it Notice lf you lower the retractable hardtop in cold weather 32 F 0 C or lower you may damage top components Do not lower the retractable hardtop in cold weather 1 Park on a level surface and shift the transmission into P Park The vehicle must be in P Park and the engine must be running or the ignition turned to the ON RUN position to operate the retractable hardtop 2 The trunk cargo cover must be fully closed and the trunk must be closed before lowering the hardtop 3 There should be nothing on top in front of or around the hardtop or cargo cover A CAUTION When the retractable hardtop is opened or closed people can be injured by the parts that move the hardtop and its mechanism the trunk lid and the side windows Keep people away from these parts when you are lowering or raising the top A CAUTION If the retractable hardtop is not completely opened or closed the system will cause the retractable hardtop to slowly descend after 3 minutes You or others could be injured The retractable hardtop will descend immediately if the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF during the opening
295. path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively e When an objectionable odor outside the vehicle is encountered use the recirculation mode with the temperature knob at a comfortable setting to prevent the odor from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system This can be helpful when driving through a long tunnel with poor ventilation However extended usage of this mode in cold or cool weather can cause window fogging 3 28 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could prevent injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to indicate a problem with the vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that explains what to do Follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to show how th
296. per FUSES cccceteiecdontis cation eier recency 5 109 WIDGIS 26 cnc senkann E ERES 3 8 Winter Driving sssecacccccdeacchsansaceeieaecnavtiercandsnunon 4 17 Winter TeS sesei eras naa uae cactes 5 60 XM Radio Messages ceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee nents 3 66 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 70 Your Vehicle and the Environment 0 0 6 2
297. r gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice This vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty 5 8 Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbony MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuel E85 85 Ethanol The 8th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies the vehicle s engin
298. r of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are e One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light and DIC message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor e The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section 5 72 e One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service e Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 78 e Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunctio
299. r or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with
300. ractable hardtop button is released before the top open or close operation is complete Press and hold the retractable hardtop button to fully open or close the top See Lowering the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 44 and Raising the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 47 for more information TOP OVER TEMP Temperature If your vehicle has a retractable hardtop this message displays when the retractable hardtop button is pressed and the hardtop pump motor temperature is too hot Wait for the hardtop pump motor to cool down before using the retractable hardtop See Lowering the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 44 and Raising the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 47 for more information 3 49 TOP TOO COLD If your vehicle has a retractable hardtop this message displays when the retractable hardtop button is pressed and the hardtop pump motor temperature is too cold Wait for the hardtop pump motor to warm up before using the retractable hardtop See Lowering the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 44 and Raising the Retractable Hardtop on page 2 47 for more information TRUNK AJAR This message displays when the trunk is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk is closed completely See Trunk on page 2 12 for more information DIC Vehicle Personalization The following personalization options may appear on your vehicle s audio display by pressing the MENU button The default settings for the features were set when your vehicle left the
301. rams and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also lists the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 59 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION KKK RK MK KK K KK KKK KOK Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker 4 21 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug
302. re information about OnStar see OnStar System on page 2 40 If the vehicle has OnStar it has three control buttons located at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 40 for more information about the service OnStar provides For vehicles with OnStar D On Off Press to turn the dimming feature on or off For vehicles without OnStar AUTO OFF Press AUTO OFF to turn the dimming feature on or off Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation Automatic dimming reduces the glare of lights from behind the vehicle The dimming feature comes on and the indicator light illuminates each time the vehicle is started 2 37 Compass Compass Operation Press or depending on the vehicle press AUTO OFF to turn the compass on or off When the ignition and the compass feature are on the compass displays the current compass direction after a few seconds Compass Calibration If after a few seconds the display does not show a compass direction N for North for example there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Interference can be caused by a magnetic antenna mount note pad holder or similar object If the letter C appears in the compass window the compass may need to be reset or calibrated The mirror can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads
303. red After you have used it be sure to push rearward on an easy entry seat to be sure it is locked A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked 1 Remove the safety belt from the headrest mounted guide If your vehicle is a two door model the front passenger seat can be moved to make it easier to get in and out of the rear seat 2 Pull back on the top of the recliner lever The seatback will move forward Slide the seat forward 4 Move the seat rearward until it locks into place after the passenger enters the rear seat area Move the seatback to its original position and return the front seat safety belt to the safety belt guide Make sure both the seat and seatback are locked Power Lift Seat Rear Seats 60 40 Split Bench Seat Sedan and Coupe Folding the Seatback To fold down the rear seatback To adjust a power lift seat press the top or bottom of the power lift seat switch to raise or lower the seat 1 The handles that are used to lower the rear seatbacks are located on the upper edge of the trunk opening Open the trunk Pull the driver s side handle to open the larger side of the seatback Pull the passenger s side handle to open the smaller side of the seatback Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belt
304. ree seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between the vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster with a lot of heavy braking Keeping pace with the traffic and allowing realistic following distances eliminates a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven brake normally but do not pump the brakes If the brakes are pumped the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops there will still be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and
305. ren in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition and all locks The key has a bar coded key tag that the dealer retailer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys Store this information in a safe place not in your vehicle Notice f you ever lock your keys in the vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If you are locked out of your vehicle contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 Remote Keyless Entry RKE Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to System use this equipment If this vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry RKE lf there is a decrease in the RKE operating range system it operates on a radio frequency subject try this to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules Check the distance The transmitter may be too far and with Industry Canada from the vehicle Stand closer during rainy or snowy This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules weather Operation is su
306. rformance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor tr
307. rk well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce the vehicle s speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of the engine and the transmission overheating If the engine does overheat see Engine Overheating on page 5 37 Parking on Hills A CAUTION Parking the vehicle on a hill with the trailer attached can be dangerous If something goes wrong the rig could start to move People can be injured and both the vehicle and the trailer can be damaged When possible always park the rig on a flat surface If parking the rig on a hill 1 Press the brake pedal but do not shift into P Park yet Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the brake pedal until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the brake pedal Then apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into P Park 5 Release the brake pedal 4 35 Leaving After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal while you e start the engine e shift into a gear and e release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing The vehicle needs service more often when pulling a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more info
308. rmation Things that are especially important in trailer 4 36 operation are automatic transmission fluid engine oil belts cooling system and brake system It is a good idea to inspect these before and during the trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 5 37 Changing a Tire When Trailer Towing If the vehicle gets a flat tire while towing a trailer be sure to secure the trailer and disconnect it from the vehicle before changing the tire Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE asiaa hays a EE 5 4 Accessories and Modifications ecececeee 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 5 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 5 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 eeeeeeee ee 5 5 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle siine aaa aaea ar i 5 6 UCN EE EA E A E AEE E EA T 5 6 Gasoline Octane seiisnnneresaniesearsrnininis eisers 5 7 Gasoline Specifications ccceseeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 5 7 California Fuel ccceeceeceeeeeeeea eee eeaeeaeeneees 5 7 AGGIIVES propriei aada O E ARa 5 8 Fuel E85 85 Ethanol ssri rssnni kininis 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries ccceeeeeeneeeeenes 5 9 Fillingi the Tank estecsaticvdsetaevinclisacihatngarncned 5 10 Filling a Portable Fuel Conta
309. rning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When the brake wear warning sound is heard have the vehicle serviced 5 44 Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 118 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time the brakes are applied with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking The vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When parts of the braking system are replaced for example when the brake linings wear down and new ones are installed be
310. rom draining while the vehicle is being towed remove the following fuse from the instrument panel fuse block IGN SENSOR See Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 5 110 for more information 5 Turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY 6 Shift the transmission to N Neutral 7 Release the parking brake Remember to reinstall the IGN SENSOR fuse once the destination has been reached Notice f 65 mph 105 km h is exceeded while towing the vehicle it could be damaged Never exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing the vehicle 4 27 Dinghy Towing From the Rear Notice Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it Also repairs would not be covered by the warranty Never have the vehicle towed from the rear Do not dinghy tow the vehicle from the rear with all four wheels on the ground 4 28 Dolly Towing From the Front Tow the vehicle with the two rear wheels on the ground and the front wheels on a dolly To tow the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and a dolly 1 Put the front wheels on a dolly 2 Put the gear shift lever in P Park Set the parking brake Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing Remove the key from the ignition Secure the vehicle to the dolly Release the parking brake Dolly Towing From the Rear Notice Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage i
311. ront auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio SRCE button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers D Power Volume Turn to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player Additional volume adjustments might need to be made from the portable device 3 66 BAND Press to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues playing so you might want to stop it or turn it off SRCE Source Press to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found may display XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No Signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly CH Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune in to another channel CH Unauth This channel is blocked
312. rt again 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 35 Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants 1 29 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should return to its stowed position Slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing when the safety belt is not in use The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt near the guide loop on the side wall 1 30 If the vehicle has a retractable hardtop secure the safety belt latch plate when the safety belt is not in use in the rear seat To do this slide the safety belt webbing D behind the belt webbing retaining clip B and slide the latch A into the latch retaining clip C Before a door is closed be sure the safety belt is out of the way If a door is slammed against a safety belt damage can occur to both the safety
313. rward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat mounted side impact airbags and or roof rail airbags Where Are the Airbags A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 36 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 39 There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which a shows the airbag symbol The driver frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 32 for more information 1 63 Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar The right front passenger frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger si
314. ry or PTY Channel Number Channel Name To change the default on the display press the DISP knob until you see the desired display then hold the knob for two seconds The radio produces a beep and the selected display is now the default 3 55 AUTO lt Automatic Volume With automatic volume the audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road and wind noise as you drive Set the volume at the desired level Press this button to select LOW MEDIUM or HIGH AUTO VOL LOW AUTO VOL MEDIUM or AUTO VOL HIGH displays Each higher setting allows for more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds While driving automatic volume increases the volume as necessary to overcome noise at any speed The volume level should always sound the same while driving AUTO VOL NONE displays if the radio cannot determine the vehicle speed or if the engine is not running To turn automatic volume off press this button until AUTO VOL OFF displays Finding a Station BAND Press to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 The display shows the selection ADJ Adjust Turn to select radio stations V SEEK A Press to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for two seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning 3 56 To scan preset stations press and hold
315. s eeeeeeeees 7 6 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 0 06 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 7 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian GOVEIMNMEONT seecdeccetiteecescaeeeccietsdadarenestetees 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government cceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 7 14 Roadside Assistance Program secere 7 7 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 15 Daytime Running Lamp eeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeee 3 14 Defensive Driving eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeners 4 2 Delayed Headlamps cceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 14 Delayed Locking csceeceeeeeeeneseeeeeeeeeeeees 2 10 Doing Your Own Service Work eeeeeeeee ees 5 5 Dome Lamps 2vite cis2sciiiekdecleasreseceteecdeitevceedl 3 16 Door Automatic Door LOCK ii ccisegesnennieecinnasgtbaceiae 2 10 Delayed MOCKING 2 ccscirtisactedsciadeelaaiveikedades 2 10 Door Ajar Reminder ceeeeeeeeeeeeenee ete eees 2 9 LOCKS oisinn onie En a ade less TRANE 2 9 Power Door Locks orrien roeie He aE 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS 0 ceeeeeeeeee ees 2 11 Driver Information Center DIC ceeeeeeee 3 42 DIC Operation and Displays 0ceeeeeeee 3 43 DIC Vehicle Personalization c eeeeeeee 3 50 DIC Warnings
316. s ccccececeeeeeneeaeeeeeneeeeeaeees 1 9 Seats 60 40 Split Bench Seat cceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 12 Easy Entry Seat coccitisecidcveristaeiitecietieelec 1 10 Heated Seats ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeneeaeenes 1 6 Manual Lumbar wcccsicds cciconierecneatunusensnapncmcndeeed 1 5 Power Lift Seat ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 1 12 Power Seat 0cccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 5 Reclining Seatbacks c cceeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 1 6 Seatback Latches ccceceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeee es 1 9 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ees 1 56 Right Front Seat Position 0 0 ee 1 58 11 SECUMITY Lihtsa e a 3 41 SGIWICS to iena aa a e a a enaa 5 4 Accessories and Modifications aeeeceece 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle cccncnncccinntlepeks cecie Gakobasitincandsdanneneene 5 6 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 5 California Proposition 65 Warning 6 08 5 5 Doing Your Own Work cceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeees 5 5 Engine Soon Lamp eceseseeeneeeeeeeeeeee 3 38 Publications Ordering Information 7 15 Service Scheduling Appointments 00 7 10 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 74 Setting the ClOCK cceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeenes 3 53 Sheet Metal Damage ceeceeeeeeneeeeee eters 5
317. s Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Retractable Hardtop and Coupe If your vehicle has this component and it needs replacement it is recommended that it be replaced as a unit by your dealer retailer 5 53 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Sedan 4 Remove the two nuts that hold the taillamp assembly 5 Remove the taillamp assembly 6 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove A Stoplamp Taillamp Turn Signal 7 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket B Sidemarker Lamp 8 Push the new bulb straight in until it clicks C Back up Lamp 9 Turn the bulb socket clockwise to reinstall To replace one of these bulbs 10 Reinstall the taillamp assembly and the two nuts 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 12 that hold the taillamp assembly 2 Remove the convenience net 11 Reinstall the wing nuts holding the trunk trim 3 Remove the wing nuts holding the trunk trim 5 54 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Coupe 3 Remove the two wing nuts from the trunk trim and pull back the trunk trim to expose the hex nuts 4 Remove the three hex nuts retaining the taillamp assembly 5 Pull the assembly off to the side to release it from the rear of the vehicle 6 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove A Sidemarker Lamp B Stoplamp Taillamp Turn Signal Lamp C Back up Lamp from the taillamp assembly To replace one o
318. s still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts A CAUTION and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly 2 Fold the seatback down from inside the vehicle attached or twisted will not provide the protection A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always To return the seatback to the upright position push up push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they the seatback Then pull on the seatback to make are locked sure it is secure Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts properly It also describes some things not to do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn properly In a crash if you or your passenger s are not wearing safety belts the injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from the vehicle You and your passenger s can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are b
319. s call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring 1 75 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then check the safety belt reminder light safety belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are all working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job See your dealer retailer to have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 31 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 104 1 76 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 32 for more information Notice lf an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there
320. s soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to a CHANGE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil and filter the system must be reset To reset the oil life system 1 With the CHANGE OIL SOON message displayed press any of the three DIC buttons to clear the CHANGE OIL SOON message See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 2 Display OIL LIFE RESET on the DIC 3 Press and hold the ENTER button for at least one second An ACKNOWLEDGED display
321. s and even death If the vehicle is stuck in the snow e Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe e Check again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued e Open a window about two inches 5 cm on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind to bring in fresh air Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that circulates the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 35 Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust Run the engine for short periods only as needed to keep warm but be careful To save fuel run the engine for only short periods as needed to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and close the window most of the way to save heat Repeat this until help arrives but only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold Moving about to keep warm also helps If it takes some time for help to arri
322. s bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and infants If a child will be riding in the vehicle see Older Children on page 1 36 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 39 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know A Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs 1 20 In acrash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The sh
323. s on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 The passenger side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 The driver side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 10 11 After hearing the single horn chirp for the driver side rear tire two additional horn chirps sound to indicate the tire learning process is done The LEARN COMPLETE message displays if all four tire positions are learned Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If no tires are learned after entering the TPMS learn mode or if communication with the receiver stops or if the time limit has expired the TIRE LEARN message displays on the DIC Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and start over beginning with Step 2 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 12 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems 5 75 Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires including the spare tire for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 77 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8
324. s that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 59 3 If the seat has a safety belt guide remove the safety belt from the guide on the head restraint by sliding the webbing through the opening on the guide Do not secure the child restraint with the safety belt routed through the guide 4 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 5 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger Position the release button on the buckle so that airbag status indicator
325. s the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to 4 25 Towing Towing Your Vehicle To avoid damage the disabled vehicle should be towed with all four wheels off the ground Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and
326. shift to the next higher gear if the vehicle speed or engine RPM is too high e The transmission will not allow shifting to the next lower gear if the vehicle speed or engine RPM is too high 2 Second 3 Third Gear Start Feature Notice If you attempt a third gear start while trailering or towing a heavy load you will notice reduced engine power This could overheat and damage your transmission Do not attempt a third gear start while trailering or towing your vehicle Vehicles with a 6 speed transmission allow 2 Second and 3 Third gear starts When accelerating the vehicle from a stop in snowy and icy conditions you may want to shift into 2 Second or 3 Third gear A higher gear and light application of the gas pedal may allow you to gain more traction on slippery surfaces With the MSM the vehicle can accelerate from a stop in 2 Second or 3 Third 1 Move the shift lever from D Drive into the M Manual Mode position 2 With the vehicle stopped move the lever forward towards the plus to select 2 Second or 3 Third gear The vehicle will start from a stop position in 2 Second or 3 Third gear 3 Once the vehicle is moving select the desired drive gear Parking Brake GT and GTP Shown SE Similar To set the parking brake pull up on the parking brake handle If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 34 2 31 T
327. siect seach ctawoptenemainedveetaeeees 5 107 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ccce 5 110 Underbody Maintenance n e 5 108 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 6 5 112 Chemical Paint Spotting 0 eeeeeeeeees 5 108 Rear Compartment Fuse Block 0005 5 115 Vehicle Identification ccceceeee neces 5 108 Capacities and Specifications 5 118 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 108 Service Parts Identification Label 5 109 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco ig Parts EJ Goodwrench cil Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to the vehicle they can affect vehicle performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Ac
328. sing the DIC buttons The button functions are detailed in the following section Information Modes INFO I Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information mode displays in the following order e TRIPA e TRIPB e FUEL RANGE Fuel Range Until Empty e MPG L 100 KM AVG Average Fuel Economy e MPG L 100 KM INST Instantaneous Fuel Economy e AV SPEED Average Vehicle Speed e OIL LIFE Engine Oil Life System e Tire Pressure TRIP A or TRIP B Press the information button until TRIP A or TRIP B display These modes show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time To reset the trip odometer to zero press and hold the enter button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed FUEL RANGE Press the information button until FUEL RANGE displays This mode shows the remaining distance you can drive without refueling in either miles mi or kilometers km It is based on fuel economy and the fuel remaining in the tank When the fuel level is low FUEL RANGE LOW displays The fuel economy data used to determine fuel range is an average of recent driving conditions As your driving conditions change this data is gradually updated The FUEL RANGE mode cannot be reset 3 43 MPG L 100 KM AVG Average Press the information button until MPG L 100 KM AVG displays
329. ssed on the RKE transmitter it means that the content theft security system alarm was previously triggered PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in the vehicle PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer Operation Your vehicle has the PASS Key IIl Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if
330. st service station e Lock Out Service Service is provided to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar For security reasons the driver must present identification before this service is given e Emergency Tow From a Public Road or Highway Tow to the nearest Pontiac dealer for warranty service or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in sand mud or snow e Flat Tire Change Service is provided to change a flat tire with the spare tire The spare tire if equipped must be in good condition and properly inflated It is the owner s responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty Battery Jump Start Service is provided to jump start a dead battery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km Powertrain warranty period Items considered are hotel meals and rental car Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance e Impound towing caused by violation of any laws e Legal fines e Mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices e Towing or services for vehicles driven on a non public road or highway Services Specific to Canadian Purchased Vehicles e Fuel delivery Reimbursement is
331. stop carefully The pedal can be harder to push or the pedal could go closer to the floor It could take longer to stop Try turning off and restarting the vehicle one or two times if the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light comes on briefly when the engine is started If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off If the light comes on while driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light stays on or comes on again while driving the vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on the vehicle still has brakes but not antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 34 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for all brake related DIC messages 3 35 Traction Control System TCS Warning Light If the traction control warning light comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the traction contro
332. sure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 68 High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load Set the cold tire inflation pressure to 35 psi 241 kPa for the front and rear tires when operating your vehicle at high speed conditions When you end high speed driving return the tires to the cold inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 20 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 67 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure M
333. t Also repairs would not be covered by the warranty Never have the vehicle towed from the rear Do not tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on a dolly 4 29 Towing a Trailer A CAUTION The driver can lose control when pulling a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all The driver and passengers could be seriously injured The vehicle may also be damaged the resulting repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle Notice Pulling a trailer improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section and see your dealer retailer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle 4 30 The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of the vehicle read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equ
334. t of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 44 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 48 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Ch
335. tarts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the Control System Check regular brake try to move the shift lever out A CAUTION of P Park with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of P Park contact your dealer retailer for service Ignition Transmission Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position e The ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in P Park When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a e The ignition key should come out only in level surface LOCK OFF 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required on page 2 31 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move Parking Brake and Automatic Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing Pr downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the Transmission P Park Mechanism parking brake Check e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and the transmission in N Neutral slowly
336. te negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 9 Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less If the security light flashes wait until the light stops flashing 10 Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery 7 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 11 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 5 49 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may the following occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the not be covered by your warranty Always connect vehicle that had the dead battery and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the each other or other metal vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive c
337. te Materials Requirements California 5 5 Power Door LOCKS ss ich osads aon aaa E EAE 2 9 Electrical System 5 110 Lift S ats oacensigvhniniectienyeawtietiv EEE 1 12 Retained Accessory ceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeen es 2 22 SOO EOE E ES 1 5 Steenng Fluid cts ssscherescscctececueudesenainesease cuter 5 39 WINDOWS Siani orano aa EE 2 15 10 PreSSure Cap nseiesienenn enee a 5 37 PRIVACY esae ote nehateteener senate antes 7 16 Event Data Recorders eeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 17 Navigation System ccceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenees 7 18 ON SIAM sc ncditichensmiel cages aee eanan aaa vein eas 7 18 Radio Frequency Identification 7 18 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 R Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy 7 18 RAGIO S icc urena eran a raan aiaa EE EEE 3 54 Radios RECODIOM serioena reaa a 3 69 Setting the CIOCK c ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 53 Theft Deterrent ccececeeeeeeeeeee ee rererere 3 68 Raising the Retractable Hardtop ee 2 47 Reading Lamps yesccccstiecindccieenntietondieiinieeins 3 17 Rear Door Security LOCKS seeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming 2 37 Rearview Mirrors 2 0cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 37 Reclining Seatbacks ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee seers 1 6 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 13 Recreat
338. te frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Your vehicle has seat mounted side impact airbags Your vehicle may or may not have roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 61 Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts A seat mounted side impact airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck A roof rail airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from t
339. te start The buttons will not work until the ignition is turned on by the key The climate control system changes back to manual operation when the vehicle key is turned to ON RUN 3 23 Automatic Climate Control System If the vehicle has this system the heating cooling and ventilation can be automatically controlled in the vehicle A Fan Control E Air Delivery B Air Conditioning Mode Control C Recirculation F Display Outside Air G Temperature D Rear Window Control Defogger 3 24 Automatic Operation AUTO Automatic Select AUTO on both the fan speed control and the air delivery mode control knobs to activate the automatic system Automatic operation controls the inside temperature and air delivery Use the steps below to place the climate control system in automatic mode 1 Turn the fan knob and the air delivery mode knob to AUTO The display shows the current set temperature When auto is selected the air conditioning operation and air inlet is automatically controlled The air conditioning compressor runs when the outside temperature is over about 40 F 4 C The air inlet is normally set to outside air If it is hot outside the air inlet can automatically switch to recirculate inside air to help quickly cool down the vehicle 2 Set the temperature To find your comfort setting start with an initial temperature setting and allow about 20 minutes for the system to regulate Press A and V to
340. te too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more If the vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 it improves the ability to accelerate on slippery roads but slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions When driving through deep snow turn off the traction control system to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds The Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 5 improves vehicle stability during hard stops on a slippery roads but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement Allow greater following distance on any slippery road and watch for slippery spots Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice Turn off cruise control if equipped on slippery surfaces Blizzard Conditions Being stuck in snow can be in a serious situation Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby If possible use the Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe e Turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 e Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror A CAUTION Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle This may cause exhaust gases to get inside Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousnes
341. ter in the shaded warning area Safety Belt Reminders Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind the driver to fasten the safety belt unless the driver safety belt is already buckled IA This chime and light are repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver s safety belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on The driver safety belt light comes on and stays on for several seconds then flashes for several more Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This only occurs if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 69 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel comes on and stays on for several seconds and then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 9 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on 3 31 Airbag Readiness Light The system checks the airbag s electrical system for possible malfunctions If the light stays on it indicates there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and th
342. the automatic headlamp systems so that driving under bridges or bright overhead street lights does not affect the system The DRL and automatic headlamp systems will only be affected when the light sensor sees a change in lighting lasting longer than this delay If vehicle is started in a dark garage the automatic headlamp system comes on immediately Once the vehicle leaves the garage it takes about one minute for the automatic headlamp system to change to DRL if it is light outside During that delay the instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 16 To idle the vehicle with the automatic headlamp system off turn the ignition on and set the exterior light switch to the off on position For vehicles first sold in Canada the transmission must stay in P Park for this function The regular headlamps should be used when needed Fog Lamps For vehicles with fog lamps the button for this feature is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The ignition must be on for the fog lamps to work Press to turn the fog lamps on or off An indicator light comes on when the fog lamps are on The parking lamps automatically turn on and off when the fog lamps are turned on and off The fog lamps turn off while the high beam headlamps are turned on Some localities ha
343. the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle e Climbs a long hill on a hot day Stops after high speed driving e Idles for long periods in traffic e Tows a trailer If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam 1 Turn the air conditioning off 2 Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed Open the windows as necessary 3 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in N Neutral while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to P Park or N Neutral and let the engine idle If the temperature overheat gage is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no longer displays the vehicle can be driven Continue to drive the vehicle slow for about 10 minutes Keep a safe vehicle distance from the car in front of you If the warning does not come back on continue to drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park the vehicle right away If there is no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while parked If the warning is still displayed turn off the engine until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode next in this section Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode This emergency operating mode lets the vehicle be driven to a safe place in an emergency situation If an overheated engine condition exists an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders he
344. the last saved track returns the song list to the first saved track To delete tracks from the song list perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the R button to turn song list on SONG LIST displays 3 Press the SEEK arrows to select the desired track to be deleted 4 Press and hold the song list button for two seconds When song list is pressed one beep sounds After two seconds of continuously pressing the song list button two beeps sound to confirm that the track has been deleted and TRACK number DELETED displays After a track has been deleted the remaining tracks are moved up the list When another track is added to the song list the track is added to the end of the list To delete the entire song list perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the R button to turn song list on S LIST displays 3 Press and hold this button for more than four seconds A beep sounds followed by two beeps after two seconds and a final beep sounds after four seconds SONG LIST EMPTY displays indicating that the song list has been deleted If a CD is ejected and the song list contains saved tracks from that CD those tracks are automatically deleted from the song list Any additional tracks saved to the song list are added to the bottom of the list To end song list mode press the song list button One beep sounds and S LIST disappears from the display CD Messages CHECK CD
345. the paint surface 5 108 Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN w SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side It can be seen through the windshield from outside the vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps identify the vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Engine Specifications under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 118 for your vehicle s engine code Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to the vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first
346. the power liftgate function contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust Engine Exhaust on page 2 35 CAUTION Continued Remote Trunk Release On vehicles with this feature the button is located on the driver s door near the map pocket to open the trunk You can open the trunk when the gear selector is in P Park Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk on the trunk latch This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle up to open the trunk from the inside Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a A hy vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous om They can be overcome by the extreme heat and it MU pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Dani N a suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat e stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a P oy Y La EN Power Windows A CAUTION
347. the system is armed and the key is used to unlock the vehicle the alarm will be activated If you do not want to arm the content theft system lock the vehicle with the manual lock knob on the doors or with the inside power door lock switches The alarm will sound and the exterior lights will flash if any door is opened while armed Disarming the System To disarm the system do one of the following e Press the RKE transmitter unlock button e Turn the ignition to ON RUN Once the system is disarmed the security light will stop flashing How the System Alarm is Activated To activate the system if it is armed e Open the driver s door or trunk A ten second pre alarm chirp will sound followed by a thirty second full alarm of horn and lights e Open any other door A full alarm of horn and lights will immediately sound for thirty seconds e Open the hood If the vehicle has the remote start feature it will activate the full alarm When an alarm event has finished the system will re arm itself automatically How to Turn Off the System Alarm To turn off the system alarm e Press the lock button on the RKE transmitter The system will then re arm itself e Press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter This will also disarm the system e Insert the key in the ignition and turn it on This will also disarm the system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If three chirps are heard when the unlock or lock button is pre
348. the wrench onto the jack An outline of the jack showing the proper height is printed on the insulation in the bottom of the spare Collapse the wrench using the same button used to tire well extend it Attach the wrench to the jack by placing the tab on the wrench into the hole on the side of the jack Then place the wrench handle over the tab on the side of the jack 5 97 8 Place the jack over the bolt B on the floor making sure it contacts the bolt 9 Place the extension bolt A onto the bolt B 10 Thread the jack retainer nut C until it is at or near the end of the threads 11 While placing the flat tire in the wheel tub reach under the wheel and lift the extension bolt so the threaded end of the bolt passes through the center hole of the wheel 12 Remove the yellow cap 13 Secure the tire and wheel with the larger wing nut 14 Replace the cover 5 98 A Cover E Bolt Extension B Retainer F Jack and Wheel C Flat Tire Valve Wrench Stem Up G Bolt D Nut The compact spare tire is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as you can See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 107 Storing the Spare Tire and Tools All Models Except Retractable Hardtop A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone
349. then goes to the next track Press either arrow again to stop scanning To scan all of the CDs loaded in the Radio with a Six Disc CD player press and hold either arrow for more than four seconds The CD goes to the next CD plays the first 10 seconds of the first track then goes to the next CD Press either arrow again to stop scanning DISP Display Radio with Single CD Press to see how long the current track has been playing T the track number and the elapsed time of the track displays To change the default on the display time or elapsed time press until you see the desired display then hold the knob for two seconds The radio produces one beep and the selected display is now the default Pressing this button also displays text on commercially recorded CDs if available DISP Display Radio with Six Disc CD Player Press to switch between time temperature and the elapsed time of the track To change the default on the display CD Track Time CD Track Temperature or Track Elapsed Time Temperature press until the desired display appears then hold the knob for two seconds The radio produces one beep and the selected display is now the default AUTO TONE Automatic Equalization Press to select the desired equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization is automatically recalled when a CD is played For more information see AUTO TONE listed previously in this section BAND Press to
350. there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system When the PASS Key Ill system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light comes on the key may have a damaged transponder Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key Also check the fuse See Fuses on page 5 110 lf the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key III and have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance 2 19 It is possible for the PASS Key IIl decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 additional keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactl
351. there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent Being aware of the light can prevent more serious damage to the vehicle This system assists the service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction 3 38 Notice If the vehicle is continually driven with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well the vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of the vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect the vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 This light comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required To prevent more serious damage to the vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed
352. tion payment plan If a payment plan is not selected the OnStar system and all services including airbag notification and emergency services may be deactivated and no longer available For more information visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada or press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Not all OnStar services are available on all vehicles To check if this vehicle is able to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in the glove box or visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week OnStar Services Available with the Safe amp Sound Plan Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostic Email GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 trial minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only OnStar Services Included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped or Driving Directions Advisor delivered RideAssist Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free
353. tion to provide light as you exit Parade Dimming Parade mode automatically prohibits the dimming of the instrument panel displays during the daylight while the headlamps are on so that the displays are still able to be seen Reading Lamps For vehicles with front and rear reading lamps press the lens to turn the lamp on and off while the doors are closed These lamps come on automatically when any door is opened Trunk Lamp The trunk lamp comes on when the trunk is opened and turns off when the trunk is closed Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the charge back up When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads 3 17 A high electrical loa
354. to maintain your vehicle s speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your vehicle s speed down Applying the brakes does turn off the cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control There are three ways to disengage the cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal e Press the on off button e Press the cancel button The cruise symbol in the instrument panel cluster turns off when the system is disengaged Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set soeed memory is erased when the cruise control or the ignition is turned off Headlamps The band on the lever on the outboard side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp control has the following four positions AD Headlamps Turns on the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps D0 Parking Lamps Turns on the parking lamps and taillamps only AUTO Automatic Headlamp System Automatically turns on the Daytime Running Lamps during daytime and the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps at night G Off On Turn the band to this position to turn on the Automatic Headlamp System In Canada this position only works when a vehicle is in the P Park position To turn on the Automatic Headlamp System turn the switch to off on To turn them off turn the switch to off on again This is a momentary control s
355. to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately 5 48 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 8 Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes toa heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remo
356. tor gets stuck turn the wipers off clear away the snow or ice and then turn the wipers back on As an added safety feature if the wipers are on for more than 15 seconds the vehicle s headlamps turn on automatically They turn off 15 seconds after the wipers are turned off Windshield Washer Press the button at the end of the windshield wiper lever until the washers begin A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision When the button is released the washers stop but the wipers continue to wipe about three times or resume the previous speed Cruise Control If your vehicle has cruise control a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use the cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and g
357. trailer requires a certain amount of experience Get to know the rig before setting out for the open road Get acquainted with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not as responsive as the vehicle is by itself 4 33 Before starting check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connectors lamps tires and mirror adjustments If the trailer has electric brakes start the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This checks the electrical connection at the same time During the trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving the vehicle without a trailer This can help to avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer Because the rig is longer it is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane 4 34 Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have so
358. traint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 77 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Sedan and Coupe Only Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head 1 32 There is one guide for each outside passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the two 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat edges of the belt into the slots of the guide The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 1 33 A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide Pull the guide upward to
359. ture will turn off when the ignition is turned off Your seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever used to operate them is located on the outboard side of the seats 1 6 To recline the seatback iP 2 Lift the recline lever Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked To return the seatback to an upright position do the following 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position Release the lever to lock the seatback in place A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if when buckled up the safety belts cannot do their job when reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause s
360. two wheels up on a device known as a dolly 4 26 Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing e What s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will the vehicle be towed Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Does the vehicle have the proper towing equipment See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e Is the vehicle ready to be towed Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 15 Dinghy Towing From the Front If the vehicle has the 3 9L V6 engine with the four speed automatic transmission the vehicle cannot be dinghy towed If the vehicle does not have the 3 9L V6 engine with a four speed automatic transmission it can be dinghy towed When dinghy towing the vehicle the vehicle should be run at the beginning of each day and at each RV fuel stop for about five minutes This will ensure proper lubrication of transmission components For vehicles that can be dinghy towed with all four wheels on the ground 1 Position the vehicle to tow and then secure it to the towing vehicle 2 Shift the transmission to P Park and turn the ignition to LOCK OFF 3 Set the parking brake 4 To prevent the battery f
361. u believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual
362. u could be badly burned This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 105 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would let fuel evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 38 The CHECK GAS CAP message displays on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice f you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage the fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 38 Filling a
363. ubscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in the vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 66 later in this section for further detail 3 59 Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing Press the eject button or the DISP knob to insert a CD while the ignition is off If the ignition or radio is turned off while a CD is in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner Care of CDs If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD R s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as crack
364. uckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 31 for additional information In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop t
365. uid level checked Add fluid if needed k If driving regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change I Change automatic transmission fluid if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service m Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure vehicle safety dependability and emission control performance Your dealer retailer can assist with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to the vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by the vehicle warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oi
366. ully closed This happens when the ignition is on and the shift lever is moved out of P Park or N Neutral See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 Delayed Locking This feature lets the driver to delay the locking of the vehicle It will not operate with the key in the ignition See Lockout Protection on page 2 11 Press the driver s power door lock switch or the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter lock button once With the key removed from the ignition and the driver s door open the following will occur e Three chimes will sound to signal the delay e All doors will lock and the turn signals will flash once five seconds after the last door has been closed e The horn will chirp if the horn chirp feature is enabled See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 43 If a door is opened before the five seconds has ended the doors will not lock until five seconds after all doors are closed If the power door lock switch or the transmitter lock button is pressed twice when leaving the vehicle the doors will lock immediately If the power door unlock switch or the transmitter unlock button is pressed the doors will unlock immediately and do not lock automatically after the doors are closed This feature is turned on at the factory but may be turned off through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 50 2 10 Automatic Door Lock Your vehicle is programmed at the factory to
367. unds and the speaker control adjusts to the middle position To adjust both speaker controls to the middle position push and hold the balance and fade button while no speaker control is displayed ALL CENTERED displays and One beep sounds 3 57 Finding a Program Type PTY Station RDS and XM To select and find a desired PTY perform the following 1 Press the P TYPE button to activate program type select mode PTY for FM or PTYPE for XM and a program type displays 2 Turn the ADJ knob to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY is displayed press the up SEEK arrow to select the PTY and to take you to the PTY s first station 4 To go to another station within that PTY press the up SEEK arrow again If the radio cannot find the desired PTY NONE FOUND displays and the radio returns to the last station you were listening to After 15 seconds of inactivity or if the P TYPE button is pressed again the radio exits program type select mode BAND AF Alternate Frequency Alternate frequency lets the radio switch to a stronger station with the same program type To turn alternate frequency on press and hold BAND for two seconds FM ALT FREQ ON and AF displays The radio can switch to stations with a stronger frequency 3 58 To turn alternate frequency off press and hold BAND again for two seconds FM ALT FREQ OFF displays and AF disappears from the display The radio does not switch to other stations This funct
368. ust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When changing a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 86 11 Install the compact spare tire 12 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash A CAUTION Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to a crash If you have to replace them be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 118 for wheel nut torque specification 13 Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 14 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown with the wheel wrench Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead t
369. ve now and then when you run the engine push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps Do this as little as possible to save fuel If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 20 If the vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to the vehicle s traction system in the Index If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method Z CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on the vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 84 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any traction or stability system Shift back and forth between R Reverse and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinni
370. ve laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps 3 15 Instrument Panel Brightness The knob with this symbol is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the lights Turn the knob completely clockwise to turn on the interior lamps Courtesy Lamps If the vehicle has a retractable hardtop it has courtesy lamps in the rear passenger area of the vehicle These lamps make it easier to see while entering and exiting the vehicle These lamps come on when any door is opened and only turn off when all the doors are closed Dome Lamps The dome lamps come on when any door is opened They turn off after all the doors are closed The dome lamps can also be turned on by turning the instrument panel brightness knob located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column clockwise to the farthest position In this position the dome lamps remain on whether a door is opened or closed Entry Exit Lighting The lamps inside the vehicle come on when any door is opened These lamps fade out about 20 seconds after all of the doors have been closed or when the ignition is turned to ON RUN They also come on when the unlock symbol button or the horn symbol is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system transmitter The lamps inside the vehicle stay on for about 20 seconds after the key is removed from the igni
371. vehicle For more information see Engine Coolant Heater on page 2 25 Air Delivery Mode Control Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to change the air delivery settings Select from the following modes 7 Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets i Bi Level Air is divided between the air to the instrument panel and floor outlets Some air may be directed toward the side windows ted Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the side window outlets and windshield 5 Defog This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture Air is directed to the windshield and floor outlets with some air directed to the side windows When this mode is selected the system automatically turns off recirculation and tuns the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing The air conditioning compressor operates although the indicator light is not on The air conditioning indicator light turns off when defog is selected If the air conditioning button is pressed while in defog mode the indicator light turns on If the button is pressed again the light turns off The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in the defog mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear HY Defrost This mode clears the windshield of fog or frost more quickly Air is directed to the windshield with some air directed to the floor vents In this mode th
372. w in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control the vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of the vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 34 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time Actually doing it is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or th
373. warming grid to remove fog from the rear window QW Rear Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off An indicator light above the button comes on to indicate that the rear window defogger is on If driving below 50 mph 80 km h the rear window defogger turns off about 15 minutes after the button is pressed If turned on again the defogger only runs for about seven and one half minutes before turning off If the vehicle s speed is maintained above 50 mph 80 km h the rear window defogger remains on once the button is pressed If the vehicle has the remote start feature the rear defogger automatically turns on if it is cold outside but the indicator light does not come on When the vehicle transitions out of remote start mode the rear defogger turns off Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty 3 27 Outlet Adjustment Rotate the instrument panel outlets and move the louvers on the outlets to change the direction and amount of airflow inside the vehicle Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that can block the flow of air into the vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the
374. wer Steering Transmission Control Module Battery Ignition Module LE5 LZ4 LZE LZ9 Odd Cylinder Injectors Ignition Coils LY7 Injectors LE5 LZ4 LZE LZ9 Even Cylinder Injectors Ignition Coils LY7 45 Rear Oxygen Sensors 46 Daytime Running Lamps 47 Center High Mounted Stoplamp Front Power Windows Coupe Retractable Hardtop Engine Control Module Battery LZ4 LZE LZ9 AIR Solenoid Regulated Voltage Control Antilock Brake System Battery Relays Usage 28 Cooling Fan 1 Cooling Fan Series Parallel s0 Cooling Fan 2 26 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 50 51 52 54 55 28 29 30 Starter Relays Usage Run Crank Ignition Air Conditioning Clutch High Beam ai a p33 Powerra 35 e Front Fog Lamps P37 Hom tow Beam SS 39_ Windshield Wiper 40 Windshield Wipers 48 Daytime Running Lamps a9 Center High Mounted Stoplamp Wiper 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 48 49 3 Rear Compartment Fuse Block The rear compartment fuse block is located in the trunk of the vehicle Access the fuse block through the trunk panel on the driver side of the rear cargo area 5 115 7 FFE oblg Of O o t 3 fol 26 33 34 35 36 Fuses Rear Quarter Windows Retractable Emission 2 Canister Vent Solenoid Hardtop Only Park Lamps Instrument Panel Driver Seat Controls Dimming 4 3 Retractable Hardtop Not Used 4 __ Not Used
375. wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin If the vehicle does not have a traction system or if the traction system is off an acceleration skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 If the vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough the vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until the vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you hav
376. witch that springs back when released The Automatic Headlamp System always turns on at the beginning of an ignition cycle Headlamps on Reminder A reminder tone sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are manually turned on if the driver s door is open and the ignition is in the LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY position To turn the tone off turn the knob all the way counterclockwise In the automatic mode the headlamps turn off once the ignition key is in the LOCK OFF position 3 13 Headlamps Off in Park This feature works when the ignition is in the ON RUN position and it is dark outside To turn the headlamps off when it is dark outside but keep other exterior lights on turn the exterior lamp control to the parking lamp position To turn on the headlamps along with the other lamps when it is dark outside turn the exterior lamp control to the AUTO or headlamp position This function does not work for vehicles first sold in Canada Delayed Headlamps The delayed headlamps feature keeps the headlamps on for 20 seconds after the key is turned to LOCK OFF then the headlamps automatically turn off To override the 20 second delayed headlamp feature while it is active turn the turn signal multifunction lever up one position and then back to AUTO Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day Fully functional DRL are required on a
377. working but this is normal If the vehicle is in cruise control when TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage The cruise control may be re engaged when road conditions allow See Cruise Control on page 3 10 TCS operates in all transmission shift lever positions except park or neutral But the system can upshift the transmission only as high as the shift lever position that is chosen so use the lower gears only when necessary See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 26 This light is located on the instrument panel cluster This light comes on if there is a problem or if the system has been turned off When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly TCS automatically comes on whenever the vehicle is started To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions always leave the system turned on TCS can be turned off if needed To turn the system on or off press the TCS button located under the climate controls TC It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if the vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or 4 8 snow and you want to rock the vehicle to attempt to free it See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 19 If the TCS button is pressed once the traction control system will turn off and the traction c
378. y RKE System on page 2 3 for additional information Q Remote Start This button will be on the RKE transmitter if you have remote start To start the vehicle using the remote start feature 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the transmitter s remote start button until the vehicle s turn signal lamps flash When the vehicle starts the parking lamps will turn on and remain on while the engine is running 3 If it is the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven repeat these steps while the engine is still running to extend the engine running time by 10 minutes Remote start can be extended one time After entering the vehicle during a remote start insert and turn the key to ON RUN to drive the vehicle The engine will shut off automatically after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done or the vehicle s key is inserted into the ignition switch and turned to ON RUN To manually shut off a remote start e Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and release the remote start button e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Turn the ignition switch ON RUN and then LOCK OFF The parking lamps will turn off to indicate the engine is off Your vehicle s engine can be started two times per ignition cycle using the transmitter s remote start feature If the remote start procedure is used aga
379. y Power RAP 0 2 22 Starting the Engine cceceeeeeeeeeee teeter eens 2 23 Engine Coolant Heater c eeeeeeeeee eee ees 2 25 Automatic Transmission Operation 6 2 26 Parking Brake vicersiecsctacencheertarsesessceneseaen eats 2 31 Shifting Into Park 2s 2siesSidvsiesenvec errs e 2 32 Shifting Out of Park 2 00 00 cceeeeeeeeeeeee teeter eres 2 34 Parking Over Things That Burn eee 2 34 Engine Exaust sisi eisicecssozaviese ct deters taninai 2 35 Running the Vehicle While Parked 2 36 MINTONS aiite e eae ee 2 37 Manual Rearview Mirror cecer 2 37 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 2 37 COMPASS anes sce ceaas cert sec ace ccesecuieancace tae ees acaane 2 38 Outside Power Mirrors 0eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Outside Convex Mirror eeeeeeeeeeee eee eeees 2 39 OnStar System cccccccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 40 Storage Areas cece eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 43 GIOVE BOX arsaa E E tat ieha cannes 2 43 CUPMOIMELS iesen a aa eateries 2 43 Center Console Storage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 43 Convenience Net ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 43 SUNTIO oiiaee tiaa aaa iaai 2 43 Retractable Hardtop nn eens 2 44 Lowering the Retractable Hardtop 2 44 Raising the Retractable Hardtop 004 2 47 2 1 Keys A CAUTION Leaving child
380. y as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new key 1 Verify that the new key has stamped on it 2 Insert the already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 2 20 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to the ON RUN position within five seconds of removing the original key The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 5 Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are ever driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine if you turn it off Your PASS Key Ill system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key Ill system at this time If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice The vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km
381. y to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 32 for more information including important safety information 1 71 If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit ii 2 3 Turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 58 1 72 5 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit turn the vehicle off Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion if adjustable to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 2 Restart the vehicle If the on indicator is still lit with an infant present in a child restraint secure the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer If the Off Indicator is Lit for an If this happens use the following steps to
382. yed siaii eio eaan oaa a ea asada tex 3 14 Plash to PASS c cc niscuntancaustesscandenescaneereaceade 3 8 Aalogen Bulbs siicidctetieeiviccinieioetianieiess 5 51 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 52 High Low Beam Changer ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 8 On Reminder ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeaee 3 13 Headlamps Off in Park ecceeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 3 14 Heated Seats ccccececeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 1 6 Heaton ae a aeaativataalsaanuin weantauaned 3 20 3 24 Engine Coolant senesini uaren aa 2 25 Highbeam On Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 41 High Speed Operation Tires eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 68 Highway HypnOSIS rneer nr 4 15 Hill and Mountain Roads ceceeeeeeeeee eee eees 4 16 Hood Checking Things Under a se 5 12 Release sarna in a E 5 13 FIOM eaae E E ER 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 19 Ignition POSITIONS irinesana 2 21 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 39 Inflation Tire Pressure ccenn 5 67 Instrument Panel Brighth Ss nessie i cistelaiceddebideeccubiaviaenncas 3 16 CUSTER ieieclsiscttes est lehe caine E ches tinedcest 3 29 OVEIVIOW oo cece eee cee eee eect e ee i een eee een eee E 3 4 JUMP STAMING asanes wees sig EEEE EET ERES 5 46 Keyless Entry System ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeee es 2 3 KGS E E A A E E 2 2
383. your own service work use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 This vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 74 Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed See Maintenance Record on page 6 17 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle Things added to the outside of the vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of this vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline The 8th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies the vehicle s engine The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 108 If the vehicle has the 3 5L V6 engine VIN Code K you can use either unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85 ethanol E85 See Fuel E85 85 Etha
384. ys on after the vehicle is started or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 32 1 77 42 NOTES 1 78 Section 2 Features and Controls K sse AE EEEE 2 2 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation scienna iuern an an 2 4 Remote Vehicle Start c cceceeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 2 6 Doors and LOCKS cisien rran 2 9 Door LOCKS acena aE SES 2 9 Power Door LOCKS wi csncicuaciceneietacueciaened endas 2 9 Door Ajar Reminder eeeeceeeneeeee enero es 2 9 Delayed Locking c sceeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeees 2 10 Automatic Door LOCK ccceeeeeeeeee nett eee eee es 2 10 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS 2 11 Lockout PrOLGCHOM sredine ik 2 11 TUNK eeri aid avait OE aa 2 12 WINDOWS eesin nent enncthe each teeetnnecnin 2 14 Power WINdOWS ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 15 SUN VISONS is eiai cctdcaat oare ee a e EE 2 17 Theft Deterrent Systems ccceeeeeeee ees 2 17 Content Theft Deterrent c ceeeeeeeeenee tenes 2 17 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer 2 19 PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer Operation 2 asec dovecead cenit EE cane OAE 2 19 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 21 New Vehicle Break In cccceeeeeeseeeeeeeees 2 21 IGNITION POSILIONS sieren againn 2 21 Retained Accessor

2009 Pontiac G6 Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents